(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2012 with funding from 

LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://archive.org/details/armstrong7778arms 



The statements set forth in this Catalogue are for informational purposes only and 
should not be construed as the basis of a contract between a student and this 
institution. 

While the provisions of this Catalogue will ordinarily be applied as stated, 
Armstrong State College reserves the right to change any provision listed in this 
Catalogue, including but not limited to academic requirements for graduation, 
without actual notice to individual students. Every effort will be made to keep 
students advised of any such changes. Information on changes will be available in 
the Offices of the Registrar, the Dean for Student Affairs, and the Vice President. It 
is especially important that each student note that it is his/her responsibility to keep 
himself/herself apprised of current graduation requirements for his/her particular 
degree program. 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE IS AN AFFIRMATIVE ACTION/EQUAL 
OPPORTUNITY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION AND DOES NOT DIS- 
CRIMINATE ON THE BASIS OF SEX, RACE, AGE, CREED, OR NA- 
TIONAL ORIGIN IN EMPLOYMENT, ADMISSIONS, OR ACTIVITIES. 
THE COLLEGE DOES NOT DISCRIMINATE ON THE BASIS OF PHYSI- 
CAL HANDICAP. 



ARMSTRONG 
STATE COLLEGE 

LIBRARY 



A Four- Year College in the 
University System of Georgia 



ARMSTRONG STATE 
COLLEGE 



SUMMER FALL WINTER SPRING 



1977-1978 



Membership in 



Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 
Association of Georgia Colleges 

American Association for Colleges of 
Teacher Education 



CONTENTS 



CALENDAR 6 

I. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND PROGRAMS 10 

History of the College 

Purpose 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Two- Year Degrees 

Four- Year Degrees 

Graduate Programs 

Internship Programs 

Evening Classes 

Community Services/Continuing Education 

Senior Citizens 

Office of Development 

Office of Computer Services 

Academic Skills Laboratory 

Student Exchange Program with 

Savannah State College 
NROTC Program 
Marine Officer Programs 
Library 

II. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES .18 

Counseling 
Veterans Services 
Testing Services 
Orientation 
Placement Office 
Conduct 

Student Activities and Organizations 
Student Government 
Student Publications 
Health 

Dental Hygiene Services 
Alumni Office 
Housing- 
Athletics 
Intramurals 
Cultural Opportunities 
Armstrong Summer Theatre 

III. FEES 24 

Application Fee 
Matriculation Fee 
Out of State Tuition 
Student Activity Fee 
Health/Service Fee 
Athletic Fee 
Applied Music Fees 
Late Registration Fee 
Change of Schedule Fee 



Graduation Fee 
Transcript Fee 
Summary of Fees 
Privilege Fees 
Refunds 
Short Courses 

IV. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 27 

Student Financial Aid 

Application Information 

Categories of Aid 
TJ Federal Assistance 

§ State Assistance 

t** Local Assistance 

.g Government Benefits 

| V. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 32 

g> General Information 

< Requirements for Freshman Applicants 



S) 



Categories of Admission 

Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination 
^ Requirements for Transfer Applicants 

~ Continuing Education Students 

O Readmission of Former Students 

u Transient Students 

^ Armstrong State College/High School 

g Accelerated Program 

z Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs 

* Foreign Students 

>J Admission of Veterans 

< Applicants Sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation 



pa 



Admission to: 



j Associate in Science Degree Program in Nursing 

. Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Nursing 

O Associate in Science Degree Program in Dental Hygiene 

§§ Registration 

crt Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents 

g VI. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 50 

q Academic Advisement 

^ Relating to Degree Requirements 

— Course and Study Load 

s Classification of Students 

2 Pei-mission for Overload or Courses 

at Another College 

Reports and Grades 

Honors 

Attendance 

Physical Education Program 

Academic Probation and Dismissal 

Repeating Courses 

Dropping Courses 

Withdrawing from College 



Auditing 

Regents Examination 
Exit Examinations 
Honor Code 

VII. DEGREE PROGRAMS AND GENERAL 

REQUIREMENTS 65 

University System Core Curriculum 
Armstrong Core Curriculum 
Diagnostic Tests in English and Mathematics 
State Requirements in History and Government 
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and 

the Bachelor of Science Degrees 
Requirements for Associate Degrees 
Teacher Education Programs 
Business Administration Degree Programs 
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 
Bachelor of Science in Education 

(Physical Education) 
Bachelor of Music Education 
Nursing Degree Programs 
Dental Hygiene Degree Programs 
Criminal Justice Degree Programs 
Associate in Arts 
Complete List of Major Programs — Four Year 

and Two Year Degrees 
VIII. DEPARTMENTAL COURSE OFFERINGS AND 

REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS 81 

Academic Skills Laboratory 

Department of Biology 

Department of Business Administration 

Department of Chemistry and Physics 

Department of Criminal Justice 

Department of Dental Hygiene 

Department of Education 

Department of Fine Arts 

Department of History and Political Science 

Department of Languages and Literature 

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department of Nursing 

Department of Physical Education 

Department of Psychology and Sociology 

IX. GOVERNING BOARD, ADMINISTRATION & 

FACULTY 198 

Members of the Board of Regents 

Staff of the Board of Regents 

Officers of Administration 

Heads of Departments 

The Faculty 

Armstrong College Commission 

Administrative Staff 



1977 


JANUARY 








FEBRUARY 








MARCH 










APRIL 




S M T W T 


F 


S 

1 


S 


M T W T 
1 2 3 


F 
4 


S 

5 


S 


M 


T W T 
1 2 3 


F 
4 


S 
5 


S 


M 


T W T 


F S 
1 2 


2 3 4 5 6 


7 


8 


6 


7 8 9 10 


1 1 


12 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


1 1 


12 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 9 


9 10 11 12 13 


14 


15 


13 


14 15 16 17 


18 


19 


13 


14 


15 16 17 


18 


19 


10 


11 


12 13 14 


15 16 


16 17 18 19 20 


21 


22 


20 


21 22 23 24 


25 


26 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


25 


26 


17 


18 


19 20 21 


22 23 


23 24 25 26 27 


28 


29 


27 


28 






27 


28 


29 30 31 






24 


25 


26 27 28 


29 30 


30 31 
































MAY 








JUNE 










JULY 










AUGUST 




S M T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F S 


12 3 4 5 


6 


7 




1 2 


3 


4 








1 


2 




1 


2 3 4 


5 6 


8 9 10 1112 


13 


14 


5 


6 7 8 9 


10 


11 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 


9 


7 


8 


9 10 11 


12 13 


15 16 17 18 19 


2 


21 


12 


13 14 15 16 


17 


18 


10 


11 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


14 


15 


16 17 18 


19 20 


22 23 24 25 26 


27 


28 


19 


20 21 22 23 


24 


25 


17 


18 


19 20 21 


22 


23 


21 


22 


23 24 25 


26 27 


29 30 31 






26 


27 28 29 30 






24 
31 


2 r . 


26 27 28 


24 


30 


28 


24 


30 31 




SEPEMBER 






OCTOBER 








NOVEMBER 






DECEMBER 


S M T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F S 


1 


2 


3 








1 






1 2 3 


4 


5 






1 


2 3 


4 5 6 7 8 


9 


10 


2 


3 4 5 6 


7 


8 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


1 1 


12 


4 


5 


6 7 8 


9 10 


11 12 13 14 15 


lb 


17 


9 


10 11 12 13 


14 


15 


13 


14 


15 16 17 


18 


19 


11 


12 


13 14 15 


16 17 


18 19 20 21 22 


2J 


24 


16 


17 18 19 20 


21 


22 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


2S 


26 


18 


19 


20 21 22 


23 24 


25 26 27 28 29 


JO 




23 
30 


24 25 26 27 
31 


28 


29 


27 


2 8 


29 30 






25 


2b 


27 28 29 


30 31 



1978 




JANUARY 








FEBRUARY 








MARCH 










APRIL 




s 


M T W T 


F 


s 


S 


M T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


s 


S 


M 


T W T 


F S 


1 


2 3 4 5 


6 


7 




1 2 


3 


4 






1 2 


3 


4 








1 


8 


9 10 11 12 


13 


14 


5 


6 7 8 9 


10 


1 1 


5 


6 


7 8 9 


10 


11 


2 


3 


4 5 6 


7 8 


15 


16 17 18 19 


2 


21 


12 


13 14 15 16 


17 


18 


12 


13 


14 15 16 


17 


18 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 15 


22 


23 24 25 26 


27 


28 


19 


20 21 22 23 


24 


25 


19 


2 


21 22 23 


24 


25 


16 


17 


18 19 20 


21 22 


29 


30 31 






26 


27 28 






26 


27 


28 29 30 


11 




23 
30 


24 


25 26 27 


28 29 




MAY 








JUNE 










JULY 










AUGUST 




S 


M T W T 
12 3 4 


F 
5 


S 

6 


S 


M T W T 


F 
2 


S 
3 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 
1 2 3 


F S 
4 5 


7 


8 9 10 11 


12 


13 


4 


5 6 7 8 


9 


10 


2 


3 


4 5 6 


7 


8 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


11 12 


14 


15 16 17 18 


14 


20 


11 


12 13 14 15 


lb 


17 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 


15 


13 


14 


15 16 17 


18 19 


21 


22 23 24 25 


2 b 


27 


18 


19 20 21 22 


23 


24 


16 


17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


25 26 


28 


29 30 31 






25 


26 27 28 29 


10 




23 
30 


24 
31 


25 26 27 


28 


29 


27 


2 8 


29 30 31 






SEPTEMBER 






OCTOBER 








NOVEMBER 






DECEMBER 


S 


M T W T 


F 


S 
2 


S 

1 


M T W T 
2 3 4 5 


F 
6 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 
1 2 


F 
3 


S 
4 


S 


M 


T W T 


F S 

1 2 


3 


4 5 6 7 


8 


9 


8 


9 10 11 12 


13 


14 


5 


6 


7 8 9 


10 


1 1 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 9 


10 


11 12 13 14 


15 


16 


15 


16 17 18 19 


20 


21 


12 


1 J 


14 15 16 


17 


18 


10 


1 1 


12 13 14 


15 16 


17 


18 19 20 21 


22 


23 


22 


23 24 25 26 


27 


28 


19 


20 


21 22 23 


2 4 


25 


17 


18 


19 20 21 


22 23 


24 


25 26 27 28 


24 


30 


29 


30 31 






26 


27 


28 29 30 






24 
31 


25 


26 27 28 


29 30 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



1977-1978 



MAY 



SUMMER QUARTER, 1977 

17 Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 

required in the application for admission by this date. 
28 Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to Armstrong 

applicants). 
31 Transient students (for Summer Quarter only) should file 

all papers required in the application for admission by 

this date. 



JUNE 



11 

14 
15 
17 
21 



27 



28 





5 




6 




15 




11-15 




16 




18-22 


AUGUST 


2 




8-12 




12 




15-17 




17 


SEPTEMBER 


2 



10 



12 



Graduate Record Examinations. 

Registration. 

Classes begin. 

Last day to enroll in any class. 

Diagnostic Examinations for placement in beginning English 

and Mathematics classes; Comparative Guidance 

and Placement Examinations. 

Evening administration of Comparative Guidance and 

Placement Examinations. 

Evening administration of Diagnostic Examinations for 

placement in beginning English and Mathematics classes. 

Holiday. 

Diagnostic Examinations for placement in beginning English 

and Mathematics classes; Comparative Guidance and 

Placement Examinations. 

Regents Examination. 

Mid-term reports due; last day to withdraw from a class 

without penalty. 

Advisement for Fall Quarter. 

National Teacher Examinations. 

Pre-registration for the Fall Quarter. 

Undergraduate Assessment Program Examinations (Exit 
Examinations) - Selected Departments (application dead- 
line - June 28). 

Student evaluation of instruction. 
Last day of classes. 
Examinations. 
Graduation. 

FALL QUARTER, 1977 

Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 
required in the application for admission by this date. 
Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to 
Armstrong applicants). 

Diagnostic Examinations for placement in beginning 
English and Mathematics classes; Comparative Guidance 
and Placement Examinations. 



14 First Faculty Meeting. 

19,20 Registration. 

21 classes begin. 

23 Fast day to enroll in any clai 



last day to pay fws. 



OCTOBER 



NoYFMBKR 



DFCFMBFR 



15 Graduate Record Examination. 

18 Regents Examination (application deadline - October 5). 

2(> Mid-term reports due; last day to withdraw from a class without 
penalty. 

2 Diagnostic examinations for placement in beginning 

English and Mathematics classes; Comparative Guidance 
and Placement Examinations. 
7-11 Advisement for the Winter Quarter. 

12 National Teacher Examinations. 
14-18 Pre-registration for the Winter Quarter; student 
evaluation of instruction. 
22 Undergraduate Assessment Program Examinations (Exit 
Examinations) - Selected Departments (application 
deadline - October 18). 
24-2o Thanksgiving Holidays (begin at 12:30 P.M. on November 23). 

1 Fast day of classes. 
2.-V7 Examinations. 

7 Christmas Vacation begins. 



WINTER QUARTER, 1978 

DFCFMBFR 10 Graduate Record Examination. 

14 Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 
in the application for admission by this date. 

17 Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to Armstrong 
applicants only). 



JAN FAR Y 



3 Registration. 

4 Classes begin. 

(> Fast day to enrol 



in any class; last day to pay fees 



FFBFUARY 



18 
20-24 



Regents Examination (application deadline - January 25). 
Mid-term reports due; last day to withdraw from a class 
without penalty; Diagnostic Examination for placement 
in beginning English and Mathematics classes; 
Comparative Guidance and Placement Examinations. 
National Teacher Examinations. 
Advisement for the Spring Quarter. 



FEBRUARY 
MARCH 



7-3 Pre-registration for the Spring Quarter. 



MARCH 7 Undergraduate Assessment Program Examinations (Exit 

Examinations) - Selected Departments (application 
deadline - January 31). 
6-10 Student evaluation of instruction. 

14 Fast day of classes. 
15-17 Examinations. 
2(1-2:5 Spring recess. 



MARCH 



SPRING QUARTER, 1978 

10 Freshman and transfer students should file all 

papers in the application for admission by this date. 

18 Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to Armstrong 
applicants only). 

24 Registration. 

27 Classes begin. 

29 Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees. 



APRIL 



18 Regents Examination (application deadline - Arpil 5). 

22 Graduate Record Examination. 

26 Diagnostic Examinations for placement in beginning 
English and Mathematics classes; Comparative 
Guidance and Placement Examinations. 



MAY 



1 Mid-term reports due; last day to withdraw from a 
class without penalty. 
8-12 Advisement for the Summer Quarter. 
15-19 Pre-registration for the Summer Quarter. 

23 Undergraduate Assessment Program Examinations (Exit 
Examinations) - Selected Departments (application 
deadline - April 18.) 



MAY - JUNE 



29-2 Student evaluation of instruction. 



JUNE 



2 Last day of classes. 
5-7 Examinations. 
7 Graduation. 



MAY 



JUNE 



SUMMER QUARTER, 1978 

19 Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 
in the application for admission by this date. 

26 Transient students (for Summer Quarter only) should 
file all papers in the application for admission 

by this date. 

27 Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to Armstrong 
applicants only). 

10 Graduate Record Examinations. 

12 Registration. 

13 Classes begin. 

15 Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees. 

21 Diagnostic Examinations for placement in beginning 
English and Mathematics classes; Comparative 
Guidance and Placement Examinations. 



JULY 



3-7 Advisement for the Fall Quarter. 

4 Holiday. 

10-14 Pre-registration for the Fall Quarter. 

12 Regents Examination (application deadline - June 28). 

13 Mid-term reports due; last day to withdraw from a 
class without penalty. 

15 National Teacher Examinations. 



JULY-AUGUST 31-4 Student evaluation of instruction. 

AUGUST 1 Undergraduate Assessment Program Examinations (Exit 

Examinations) - Selected Departments (application 
deadline - .June 27). 
10 Last day of classes. 
11,14-15 Examinations. 
15 Graduation. 








I. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND 
PROGRAMS 



HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE 

Armstrong State College was founded on May 27, 1935, as Armstrong 
Junior College, by the Mayor and Aldermen of the City of Savannah to 
meet a pressing need for a college in the community. The college was 
housed in the Armstrong Building, a gift to the city from the family of 
George F. Armstrong, and over the years built or acquired five additional 
buildings in the Forsythe Park and Monterey Square areas. The college, 
as Armstrong College of Savannah, became a two-year unit in the 
University System of Georgia on January 1, 1959, under the control of the 
Regents of the University System. In 1962, the Mills B. Lane Foundation 
purchased a new campus site of over 200 acres located on Abercorn 
Extension. The new campus, with eight new buildings, was occupied in 
December, 1965. 

In 1964, the regents conferred upon Armstrong the status of a 
four-year college, with the right to offer the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, 
Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Business Administration. President 
Henry L. Ashmore, who succeeded President Foreman M. Hawes on 
July 1, 1964, was charged with the responsibility of developing the 
institution from junior to senior status. A junior year was added to the 
college curriculum in 1966-67, with the senior year added in 1967-68 and 
the first four-year degrees awarded at the spring, 1968 commencement. 
The college now offers more than twenty major programs leading to 
baccalaureate degrees, and, in addition, the two-year associate degree in 
nursing, dental hygiene and in criminal justice. Effective in the 1971-72 
academic year, the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia 
authorized Armstrong State College and Savannah State College of offer 
joint programs leading to the M.B.A. and M.S. in Elementary Education 
degrees. Additional programs in Teacher Education at the secondary 
level were initiated Summer Quarter, 1972. 

The academic community includes approximately 3400 students and 
140 full-time faculty members. Armstrong State College was fully 
accredited as a senior institution by the Southern Association of Colleges 
and Schools in December, 1968, with accreditation retroactive to January 
1, 1968, and was re-accredited in December, 1972. The Joint Graduate 
Studies Program was fully accredited by the Southern Association in 
December, 1973. 



PURPOSE 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution offering degree 
programs in the liberal arts, sciences, and a number of specialized fields. 
As a service to the community, it also provides a continuing education 
program for those who have non-degree objectives. The College strives 
to maintain the flexibility and adaptability which activated its growth and 
change of status in less than thirty-five years from a small city-supported 
junior college to a senior college in the University System of Georgia. 
Therefore, the College defines its present purpose in the following terms: 

to provide modern facilities and a professional staff in an environment 
that promotes the free exchange of ideas; 

to bring each student to a better realization of his own intellectual, 
emotional, and spiritual potential by providing academic programs in the 
humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences; 

to develop the student's technical and analytical skills through programs 
leading to professional degrees in a number of areas, including Allied 
Health, Business Administration, Criminal Justice, and Teacher Educa- 
tion; 

to offer opportunities for continuing education through symposia, confer- 
ences, institutes, and courses unrelated to degree programs; 

to make available the full resources of the College through involvement in 
research projects, public service activities, and other programs spon- 
sored by the community. 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS 

Armstrong State College offers the first two years of programs in 
engineering, forestry, industrial management, physics; the entire pre- 
professional programs in dentistry, law, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, 
medicine, optometry, and other fields. Among specialized pre- 
professional programs are the following: 

Armstrong State College-Georgia Institute of Technology 
Dual-Degree Program 

Upon completion of the first three years of academic work at 
Armstrong, the student may enroll for two subsequent years at Georgia 
Institute of Technology. After completing the requirements of the two 
cooperating institutions, the student will be awarded a baccalaureate 
degree from Armstrong State College and a baccalaureate degree in one 
of a number of academic areas from Georgia Institute of Technology. For 
further information on this dual-degree program, the student should 
contact the Office of the Vice President. 



Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Medicine 

Any student who completes 140 quarter hours in academic courses at 
Armstrong State ( 'ollege with an average of C (2.0) or better is eligible, 
upon successful completion of the prescribed course of study for the first 
year at an accredited school of medicine, for the degree of Bachelor of 
Science (Medicine) from Armstrong State College. 

Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Dentistry 

Any student who completes 140 quarter hours in academic courses at 
Armstrong State College with an average of C (2.0) or better is eligible, 
upon successul completion of the prescribed course of study for the first 
year of an accredited school of dentistry, for the degree of Bachelor of 
Science (Dentistry) from Armstrong State College. 

TWO-YEAR DEGREES 

The following two-year degrees are offered as preparation for higher 
degrees in the liberal arts and professions and for positions in business: 
Associate in Arts. 
Associate in Science in Nursing. 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene. 
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice. 
Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies. 

FOUR-YEAR DEGREES 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of history, English, music, political sci- 
ence, psychology, economics, and social w 7 ork. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, chemistry, mathematical 
sciences, and criminal justice. 

Bachelor of Business Administration with concentrations in account- 
ing, management, management-marketing, economics, finance, business 
education, and information systems. 

Bachelor of Science in Education w r ith majors in Physical Education 
and Speech Correction. 

Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Beginning with the Fall Quarter of 1971, Armstrong State College 
joined with Savannah State College offer a joint program of graduate 
work. Faculty and other resources of both institutions are drawn upon 
equally to operate the program, and degrees are awarded jointly by the 



two schools. The Joint Graduate Studies Program offers instruction 
leading to the Master of Business Administration degree and the Master 
of Education degree in Early Childhood Education, Elementary Educa- 
tion, and Special Education (Behavior Disorders) as well as in the 
secondary teaching fields of Biology, Chemistry, English, Mathematics, 
History, and Political Science. The master's programs are designed to 
provide opportunities for further professional growth, for expanding 
professional and cultural backgrounds, and for extending knowledge and 
understanding in an area of specialty. 

For complete information about these programs, contact the Dean for 
Graduate Studies at either Armstrong State College or Savannah State 
College, requesting a copy of the Graduate Bulletin. 

INTERNSHIP PROGRAMS 

Students at Armstrong State College may participate in two state-wide 
internship programs: the Georgia Intern Program and the State Legisla- 
tive Intern Program. These programs provide the student with oppor- 
tunities to observe first-hand and to participate in agency and legislative 
processes as he works under the direction of and is responsible to an 
agency or legislative supervisor. In addition to state-wide internship 
programs, students may participate in local internship experiences. They 
may receive academic credit for these experiences. They must be enrolled 
full-time at the College and must be in good academic standing. For 
further details concerning the requirements for internship programs at 
the College, please consult the Head of the Department of History and 
Political Science. 

EVENING CLASSES 

In addition to the full daytime schedule, Armstrong offers a schedule of 
classes in the evening, including most of the required courses for some 
degree programs. Students employed during the day must limit their 
enrollment to one or two courses each quarter. 

SENIOR CITIZENS 

Residents of Georgia, sixty-two years of age or older at the time of 
registration, may enroll in courses for credit or as auditors on a space 
available basis, with waiver of matriculation fees. They will be required, 
however, to pay for supplies, etc., that might be necessary for a given 
course. The individual must present a birth certificate or other compara- 
ble documentation of age to qualify for the waiver of fees and must meet 
all requirements for admission to the college. Further information on this 
program is available from the Office of Admissions. 



COMMUNITY SERVICES-CONTINUING EDUCATION 

Armstrong State College is committed to the Concept that an academic 
institution should attempt to reach out and serve the community of which 
it is a part. This service includes the extension of the resources of the 
campus to individuals and groups that are not a part of the regular 
academic community and the use of the college's special competence to 
assist in the solution of community problems. 

The Community Services division, under the direction of the Dean for 
College and Community Services, is responsible for the coordination of all 
community services/continuing education activities. Since these activities 
are viewed as a college-wide function, responsibility for program de- 
velopment is shared with the various academic departments. The major 
community services/continuing education components of the college are: 
(1) the short course/conference program; (2) the off-campus credit class 
program; (3) the Neighborhood Continuing Education Program. 

SHORT COURSE /CONFERENCE PROGRAM. This unit adminis- 
ters non-degree courses, conferences, and seminars designed to provide 
for the educational needs of area residents who do not wish to participate 
in the regular credit classes offered by the college. Many of these 
activities are related to professional development experiences. The Office 
of the Registrar maintains permanent records of the individual's partici- 
pation in those activities that meet certain criteria. The Coordinator of 
Short Course/Conferences is pleased to arrange an activity of special 
interest and value to community groups and organizations. 

OFF-CAMPUS CREDIT CLASS PROGRAM. In order to provide 
education opportunities for specific groups of area residents, the college 
makes available credit classes at off-campus locations convenient to the 
students involved. These classes are conducted in strict conformity with 
college standards and with policies of the Board of Regents of the 
University System of Georgia. The Dean for College and Community 
Services welcomes requests for the organization of these classes. 

NEIGHBORHOOD CONTINUING EDUCATION PROGRAM. This 
program is cooperative endeavor of Armstrong State College, Savannah 
State College, Georgia Southern College, and the University of Georgia. 
Located in the central city, this program provides continuing education 
activities for low income residents. Its major objective is to utilize the 
combined resources of the cooperating institutions to provide educational 
experiences suited to the needs of the citizens within the inner city area. 

USE OF FACILITIES BY COMMUNITY GROUPS. As a tax sup- 
ported unit of the University System of Georgia, the college makes 
available its facilities to certain community groups when such usage does 
not interfere with college sponsored activities and when such usage is for 
an activity of cultural, educational, or civic significance. College facilities 
will not he made available to (1) profit-seeking organizations; (2) com- 



14 



munity groups that are sponsoring events for the purpose of making a 
profit; (3) religious groups; (4) groups sponsoring activities that compete 
or conflict with college programs. A schedule of usage fees is available in 
the Office of the Dean for College and Community Services. 

PROCTORING EXAMINATIONS. The Community Services division 
cooperates with the Georgia Center for Continuing Education (Univer- 
sity of Georgia) through service as a center at which examinations are 
proctored for students enrolled in independent study (correspondence) 
courses. A booklet describing these courses is avilable upon request. 
Examinations from other colleges and examinations by professional 
societies can also be proctored. Examination proctoring is by prior ar- 
rangement only. Students using this service are encouraged to check with 
the division office prior to the date for the examination to make certain 
that the examination materials are on hand. 

OFFICE OF DEVELOPMENT 

The purpose of the Office of Development is to promote funding for 
college programs from sources supplemental to state appropriations and 
student fees. To accomplish this purpose, the college participates in 
federal and other grant supported activities and seeks assistance from 
alumni and friends. From private sources, the College accepts memorial 
and other gifts for the athletic program, instructional equipment, library 
books, matching funds for grants, scholarships, and other restricted 
pruposes. Unrestricted contributions are accepted to be used at the 
discretion of the President to meet special and unforeseen needs. Gifts of 
any size can be used to add to the library collection in the name of an 
individual or an agency, although all gifts are acknowledged and pub- 
lished, where appropriate and when requested, by the donor's name. 
Gifts for scholarships are generally received by the College in one of two 
ways: the donor specifies support or choice of specific students, with the 
College serving only as a distribution agent; or the donor specifies 
support of student scholarships generally or scholarships within a broad 
academic field, with the College identifying the gift by name, if approp- 
riate, and distributing the funds according to standard policies and 
procedures. Gifts of this latter type are tax deductible. The Director of 
Development is pleased to provide further information to any prospective 
donor. 

OFFICE OF COMPUTER SERVICES 

This office coordinates the campus-wide system of computer services. 
The Director also provides technical assistance to the faculty and staff of 
the college in the development of computer programs and systems. 
Through participation in the University System Computer Network, in- 
formation processing devices located on campus are connected via a direct 
telephone line to the large computers located at Georgia State University 
and the University of Georgia. 



15 



ACADEMIC SKILLS LABORATORY 

The purpose of the Academic Skills Laboratory is to provide aid for 
those students experiencing difficulty in the areas of reading, mathema- 
tics, or English. An individualized program is planned and conducted 
after identification of the student's needs through diagnostic procedures. 

A student, may be referred to the Laboratory by a faculty member or 
may refer himself. The student may enroll for five to fifteen institutional 
credit hours per quarter. The student's program may be completed in less 
than a full quarter, or may be continued over two or more quarters. 

STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM 
WITH SAVANNAH STATE COLLEGE 

A student enrolled at Stavannah State College or at Armstrong State 
College as a full-time student has the privilege of taking one course with 
his Dean's approval at the other college without paying an additional fee. 
A student may take courses in his home college paying full fees and one 
course at the other college, which will be transferred back to his home 
college, or a student with at least a "B" average in the preceding quarter 
may take three courses at his home college, paying full fees, and register 
at the other college for an additional course without additional cost. No 
restrictions are placed on the number of courses taken at the other college 
if the student is enrolled in the Joint Graduate Studies Program or in the 
undergraduate cooperative programs in Music Education, Physical 
Education, or the undergraduate joint program in Social Work. In the 
undergraduate programs, however, the student must enroll in major area 
courses only to receive unrestricted enrollment privileges. 

The colleges operate a shuttle-bus service between the two campuses 
to facilitate movement of students who are taking courses on both 
campuses. 

A student may obtain in the Office of the Vice President the proper 
form for permission to register for courses at Savannah State College. 

NROTC PROGRAM 

Students at Armstrong State College may enroll in the Naval Reserve 
Officers Training program offered on the Savannah State College cam- 
pus. For further information, consult the Registrar at Armstrong State 
College; the Commanding Officer, NROTC Unit, Savannah State Col- 
lege; or the Savannah State College Bulletin and General Catalog. 

MARINE OFFICER PROGRAMS 

Qualified students may apply for an officer program leading to a 
commission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States Marine Corps. 
Commissions are offered in both ground and aviation components. The 



16 



Platoon Leaders Course (PLC) is offered to freshmen, sophomores and 
juniors who attend precommissioning training during the summer. Fi- 
nancial Assistance and Flight Indoctrination Programs are available. 
Qualified seniors attend twelve weeks of training in the Officer Candidate 
Course (OCC) after graduation. No work in this program is offered on 
campus. For details, contact the placement office or the Marine Officer 
Selection Officer when he is on campus. 

LIBRARY 

The Lane Library, centrally located on campus, is a multi-resource and 
multi-service facility. The first floor houses a reference collection, all 
periodicals and micromaterials, government documents, maps, vertical 
files, folios, archives, and a reading room. The technical services depart- 
ment, in which all orders are placed, cataloged, and processed, is also 
located on this floor. The department utilizes a CRT terminal and 
MODEM for all monograph cataloging as a member of the Southeastern 
Library Network. All audio-visuals, both software and harware, the 
circulating collection, individualized study carrels, and typing facilities 
are located on the second floor. A television production studio and 
graphics laboratory are also located on this floor. This sophisticated 
complex allows faculty to augment their classroom lectures with in-house 
production of video programming and broadcasting. 

The library collection combines traditional media such as monographs, 
periodicals and micromaterials with more recent types of media such as 
audio and video tapes, recordings, filmstrips and motion pictures. An 
array of micromaterial readers and printers, video beam projectors, and 
audio hardware is available for constant use. Housed in the library are 
approximately 306,000 total resources, including 110,000 books and 
bound periodicals; 8,000 documents and maps; 180,000 microforms; 4,000 
records, motion pictures, slides, and video tapes; and 1,100 newspaper 
and periodical subscriptions. 

The Lane Library's card catalog, a cooperative project of several 
Savannah area libraries, lists the location of most print and non-print 
materials in the following libraries: Armstrong State College, Savannah 
State College, Savannah Public Library, Georgia Historical Society. 
Memorial Medical Center, St. Joseph's Hospital, Georgia Regional Men- 
tal Health Clinic, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers-Savannah District, and 
the Chatham County Department of Human Resources. 

The Lane Library faculty and staff welcomes suggestions for the im- 
provement of its collections and servic 



17 



II. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES 



The Office of Student Affairs, administered by the Dean of Student 
Affairs, is responsible for all student services and activities. In addition 
to formal classroom instruction, the College recognizes the need for 
providing programs and services which contribute to a well-rounded 
college experience. Such programs are administered by the Office of 
Student Affairs through the following individuals: Counselors, Director 
of Placement, Director of Financial Aid, Director of Student Activities 
and Campus Nurse. 

COUNSELING 

Counselors are available in the Counseling and Placement Office to as- 
sist students in making successful and realistic decisions and in choosing 
appropriate routes for attaining selected goals. The counseling process 
focuses on increasing the student's self-understanding and respect for his 
own ability to make decisions that will affect his life. All discussions are 
confidential. 

Counselors can assist students in clarifying educational and vocational 
objectives, in developing effective study skills and habits, and in dealing 
with problems of social and emotional significance. 

VETERANS SERVICES 

Armstrong State college maintains an Office of Veterans Affairs 
located in the Administration Building. The veterans' director is available 
to assist veterans with admissions procedures, academic advisement, 
career development, and social and emotional adjustments to college. The 
office also employs a number of student/veterans to assist in meeting the 
needs of veteran student body at Armstrong. 

Veterans, Disability, and War Orphans Assistance 

Eligibility. Veterans who served on active duty for other than training 
purposes for more than 180 days, any part of which occurred after June 1, 
1966, are eligible for financial assistance to attend college through the 
G.I. Bill. Generally, sons and daughters of veterans whose death or total 
disablement was a result of service in the armed forces are eligible for 
financial benefits under the veterans program for educational assistance. 

How to Apply. A prospective student must first make application to the 
College and gain approval for admission from the Office of the 
Registrar/ Director of Admissions. A veteran cannot receive benefits 
while matriculating under a Continuing Education admission status. Once 
accepted, the veteran should go to the local office of the Georgia 
Department of Veterans Service located at 410 Mall Boulevard, Savan- 



18 



nah, Georgia, and have an application for VA educational benefits 
completed. The veteran must carry a copy of his Record of Discharge, DD 
Form 214, and supporting documentation of dependency status (marriage 
certificate; divorce decree, if previously married; and birth certificates of 
all dependent children). The veteran will then be given the forms to be 
presented to the Office of Veterans Affairs at Armstrong State College. 
Students transferring from other educational institutions, OJT programs, 
or correspondence schools must complete a "Request for Change of Place 
of Training/Change of Program" VA Form 1995 with the Armstrong 
Office of Veterans Affairs. At the time of initial matriculation each 
student/veteran must declare a specific program of study (major) and 
must follow the curriculum for this major without exception or benefits 
may be interrupted. Any student receiving government benefits from the 
Veterans Administration must check with the Armstrong State College 
Office of Veterans Affairs at the beginning of each quarter and file a form 
declaring the specific courses and number of credit hours which he is 
attempting. Each student/veteran is reminded that he must report any 
changes in his attendance, i.e., dropping, adding or withdrawal from 
school to the Armstrong Office of Veterans Affairs immediately following 
such action. Veterans entering school under the G.I. Bill should have 
sufficient funds to finance themselves until payments from the VA begin 
(approximately six weeks after application). 

TESTING SERVICES 

A variety of tests and inventories are available through, and often 
included in, counseling services. Such tests help students to evaluate 
personal, educational, or vocational needs. Test results are confidential. 

The following testing programs are administered regularly by mem- 
bers of the counseling staff: College Level Examination Program 
(CLEP), Medical College Admission Test (MCAT), Dental Admission 
Test (DAT), Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test, Graduate Record Examina- 
tion (GRE), National Teacher Examination (NTE), Regents Examina- 
tion, the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), and the Undergraduate Asse- 
ment Tests (Exit Examinations). Information and applications for the 
Graduate Management Admission Test, the Graduate School Foreign 
Language Test, Law School Admission Test, Pharmacy College Admis- 
sion Test, Professional and Administrative Career Examination, Veteri- 
nary Aptitude Test, and State Merit Examination may be obtained from 
the Counseling and Placement Office. 

ORIENTATION 

The decision to enter college for further education and knowledge is an 
important point in an individual's process of self-development. The Sum- 
mer Orientation Program (CHAOS) at Armstrong State College is plan- 
ned to aid the student in his transition to college by exposing him to the 



19 



dynamics of successful decision-making. Using techniques that encourage 
the realization of possible outcomes and consequences, the student will 
learn to explore his possiblities with more understanding and confidence. 

Freshmen participating in this program will be given information con- 
cerning student activities programs, visit campus facilities, and plan their 
class schedules with academic advisors. 

An abbreviated orientation program is scheduled for students new to 
the college prior to registration Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters. 

PLACEMENT OFFICE 

The Placement Office, located in the Administration Building, offers 
general assistance in the planning of career directions. The office oper- 
ates a personal resume service for all regularly enrolled students and 
alumni of the college, receives listings of full-time career opportunities, 
and arranges on-campus recruiting with business, governmental and 
educational agencies. Students who wish to make use of the Placement 
Service are advised to contact the Placement Office three quarters prior 
to completion of studies. 

The Placement Office also provides a job listing and referral system for 
currently enrolled students who are seeking part-time, temporary, or va- 
cation employment. 

CONDUCT 

Every student who enrolls in a course at Armstrong State College 
commits himself, by the act of enrolling, to full compliance with the rules 
and regulations of the Honor System and' Code of Conduct. The Honor 
System is outlined under "Academic Regulations" in this Bulletin and the 
Code of Conduct is published in the Armstrong Student Handbook, Stu- 
dents Illustrated. 

Compliance with the regulations and policies of the faculty of 
Armstrong State College and the Regents of the University System of 
Georgia is assumed. To enroll is to agree to assume responsibility for 
adhering to policies and using established channels to promote change. 
Not to do so is sufficient basis for the college to terminate a student's 
enrollment. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 

In addition to an outstanding academic program, Armstrong State Col- 
lege offers a complete program of extra-curricular student activities ad- 
signed to contribute to the development of the student and to assist him 
in becoming an active and productive member of the community in which 
he lives. 



20 



Student organizations at Armstrong State College reflect the natural 
variety of interests found in a diversified student body. Individuals who 
seek a well-rounded education will avail themselves of ^ the varied 
opportunities afforded through the college program of student activities. 

A variety of clubs and organizations representing varied interests and 
activities are available to students at Armstrong State College. These 
include the following: 

Religious: 

United Christians on Campus 

Baptist Student Union 
Greeks: 

Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority 

Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Phi Mu Sorority 

Phi Kappa Theta Farternity 

Pi Kappa Phi Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Alpha Fraternity 

Sigma Nu Fraternity 
Professional: 

Student Nurses Association of Georgia 

Future Secretaries Association 

Student Association of Educators 

Junior American Dental Hygienists Association 

Armstrong State College Mathematics Association 

Sigma Alpha Eta (National Speech & Hearing Association) 

American Chemical Society 

Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Education) 

Computer Science Club 

Social Work Club 
Interest: 

Glee Glub 

Band 

Chess Club 

Cheerleaders 

Masquers 

Women of Worth (WOW) 

Buccaneers 

Black American Movement 

Veterans Club 

Rugby Club 
Honorary: 

Delta Lamba Alpha (Scholastic honorary for freshmen) 

Phi Delta Theta (History) 

Pi Delta Phi (French) 

Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 

Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 



•1\ 



STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

The Student Government Association is the official governing body of 
the students at Armstrong State College. It assists in formulating a 
program of student services and activities, and it strives to express the 
will of the majority of students and to provide experience in democratic 
living. 

All students are automatically members of the Student Government 
Association and are entitled to vote in SGA elections. Qualified students 
may seek positions of leadership in the Student Government Association 
by running for office during the spring quarter. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

The official student publications on campus include the Inkwell (the 
college newspaper) and the Geechee (the college annual). These publica- 
tions are produced by students under the supervision of approved college 
advisors. Financed in part by the Student Activity Fund, these publica- 
tions provide opportunities for students in creative writing, reporting, 
and design. 

HEALTH 

Armstrong State College maintains a campus infirmary where a 
registered nurse is on duty from 8:15 a.m. until 5 p.m. Students w r ho 
become ill or who are involved in accidents while on campus should not 
hestitate to avail themselves of this service. 

The college also makes available, on a voluntary basis, a student health 
and accident insurance policy. Information, regarding the program may be 
secured in the Office of Student Affairs. 

DENTAL HYGIENE SERVICES 

The Dental Hygiene clinic is available to Armstrong State College and 
Savannah State College students who wish to receive an oral prophylaxis 
and a fluoride treatment. School identification cards wall be requested by 
the Clinic receptionist. 

ALUMNI OFFICE 

The primary purposes of the Alumni Office are to keep former students 
informed about the college and to help them keep in touch with each 
other. Any person who at any time was matriculated as a regular student 
is eligible for membership in the Alumni Association and, upon payment 
of his dues, will receive association periodicals, and may vote and hold 
office in the Association. The Alumni Office assists in arranging class 
reunions, board meetings, and other functions. For further information 
contact the Alumni Secretary. 



22 



HOUSING 

There is no student housing on campus. Private apartments for male, 
female, and married students are located within walking distance of 
Armstrong State College. For futher information regarding housing, 
please contact the Office of Student Affairs. 

ATHLETICS 

Armstrong State College is affiliated with the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association, College Division. The College teams participate in 
intercollegiate competition in basketball, baseball, tennis, golf, cross 
country track events, and bowling. The Armstrong Pirates (Basketball) 
were the 1977 SAC champions and participated in the NCAA regional 
play-offs. 

INTRAMURALS 

The Student Intramural Council and Intramural Department provide a 
diversified program available to all students and faculty, including 
organized competitive sports, recreational activities, and clubs. Any 
student interested in participating in these activities should contact the 
Director of Intramurals. 

CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES 

Armstrong State College provides a variety of cultural opportunities 
for its students. Lectures by eminent scholars in the various academic 
fields and musical concerts by outstanding artists are an integral part of 
the program in general education. Student dramatic productions under 
professional direction and the student choral and instrumental groups 
have created distinguished traditions. 

ARMSTRONG SUMMER THEATRE 

The Armstrong Summer Theatre presents annually during the Sum- 
mer Quarter a season of three plays with popular appeal, produced by a 
company of amateur talents (actors and technicians) from the college 
community. Participants may receive college credit (see course listing 
under Department of Languages and Literature). 



23 



III. FEES 



APPLICATION FEE 

The Application Fee of $10.00 is paid by each student at the time of 
initial application for admission to Armstrong State College. The accep- 
tance of the Application Fee does not constitute acceptance of the 
student. This fee is not refundable. 

In addition to the application fee mentioned above, a deposit of $50.00 
is required of all dental hygiene applicants who are accepted for admis- 
sion. This deposit is applied against registration fees during the first 
quarter of attendance. If the student does not enroll, the deposit is not 
refundable. 

MATRICULATION FEE 

The Matriculation Fee for students registering on campus for the 
normal course load of fifteen hours is $145.00. Students carrying less than 
12 credit hours on campus in a quarter will pay at the rate of $12.00 per 
quarter hour in Matriculation Fees. Students who register for off-campus 
credit hours will pay at the rate of $15.00 per credit hour. Matriculation 
fees are waived for residents of Georgia upon presentation of written 
documentation that they are 62 years of age or older. 

OUT-OF-STATE TUTITION ' 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of $238.00 per quarter in 
addition to all regular fees. Students carrying less than 12 credit hours in 
a quarter who are not legal residents of the State of Georgia will pay at 
the rate of $20.00 per quarter hour Out-of State fee in addition to all 
regular fees. Students who register for off-campus credit courses will pay 
at the rate of $20.00 per quarter hour Out-of State Fee in addition to all 
regular fees. Out-of-State tuition fees are waived for active duty military 
personnel and their dependents. 

STUDENT ACTIVITY AND HEALTH/SERVICE FEES 

There will be a Student Activity Fee ($12.50) and a Health/ Service Fee 
($2.50) per quarter for all students enrolled in the undergraduate 
program. 

ATHLETIC FEE 

There will be an Athletic Fee of $8.00 per quarter for all students 
enrolled in the undergraduate program. 



24 



APPLIED MUSIC FEES 

Applied music courses consist of one or two twenty-five minute private 
lessons per week. A special fee of $31.00 for one twenty-five minute 
lesson or $62.00 for two lessons is charged quarterly to students not 
admitted to a music degree program and to music majors not enrolled for 
ten or more quarter hours of credit. This fee in refundable only when the 
student has not met his first lesson. 

LATE REGISTRATION FEE 

A late registration fee of $4.00 will be charged to students registering 
on the date listed in the catalog as the date on which classes begin. A fee 
of $5.00 will be charged for registrations completed on the date listed in 
the catalog as the "last day to register for credit." This fee is not 
refundable. 

CHANGE OF SCHEDULE FEE 

A fee of $2.00 is charged for the changing of a student's schedule after 
the registration cards have been processed. No charge is made if the 
change is initiated by the College. This fee is not refundable. 

GRADUATION FEE 

A Graduation Fee of $20.00 will be collected from each candidate for 
Graduation. 

TRANSCRIPT FEE 

Each student is entitled to one official transcript of his college work. The 
charge for additional copies is $1.00 each. 

SUMMARY OF FEES 

Matriculation, per quarter $145.00 

Student Activity, per quarter 12.50 

Health/Service, per quarter 2.50 

Athletic, per quarter 8.00 

TOTAL FOR GEORGIA RESIDENTS $168.00 

Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter $238.00 

TOTAL FOR NON-RESIDENTS $406.00 

Matriculation Part-time Students per quarter hour $12.00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time Students, per quarter 
hour (in addition to Matriculation Fee) $20.00 



25 



PRIVILEGE FEES 

Application Fee , $10.00 

Late Registration-Maximum 5.00 

( Graduation Fee 20.00 

Transcript, first one free, each additional 1.00 

( Jhange of Schedule 2.00 

Applied Music Fee 31.00/62.00 

I Cental Hygiene Deposit 50.00 

REFUNDS 

Refunds of fees will be made only upon written application for 
withdrawal from school. No refunds will be made to students dropping a 
course. Privilege fees are not refundable. Students who formally with- 
draw on the date of scheduled registration or during one week following 
the scheduled registration date are entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees 
paid for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw during the period 
between one and two weeks after the scheduled registration date are 
entitled to a refund of 60% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who 
formally withdraw between two and three weeks after the scheduled 
registration date are entitled to a refund of 40% of the fees paid for that 
quarter. Students who formally withdraw during the period between 
three and four weeks after the scheduled registration date are entitled to 
a refund of 20% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who withdraw 
after a period of four weeks has elapsed from the scheduled registration 
date will be entitled to no refund of any part of the fees paid that quarter. 

Any student delinquent in the payment of any fee due to the college will 
have grade reports and transcripts of records encumbered. Grade reports 
and transcripts will not be released, nor will the student be allowed to 
re-register at the college until all financial obligations are met. 

Fees Un- each quarter are to be paid in full at the time of registration. 

If a check is not paid on presentation to the bank on which it is drawn, 
ilic student's registration will be cancelled and the student may re- 
register only on payment of $5.00 service charge. 

SHORT COURSES 

Fees are announced for each quarter when the course is scheduled by 
the College. No refund can be made for withdrawal from a short course. 

/•\ i s and Charges an Subject to Change at the End of any Quarter. 



26 



IV. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 



Armstrong State College subscribes to the principle that the primary 
purpose of a student financial aid program is to provide financial 
assistance to students who, without such assistance, would be unable to 
attend college. The primary responsibility for financing a college 
education is the inherent obligation of the student and/or family. 
Financial assistance from Armstrong State College should be viewed as 
supplementary to the efforts of the student and/or family. An assessment 
of parental ability to contribute toward the student's educational 
expenses is made by the College Scholarship Service so that neither the 
parent, the student, nor Armstrong State college be required to bear an 
undue share of the financial responsibility. 

APPLICATION INFORMATION 

An applicant for student financial aid at Armstrong must: 

1. be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the College; 

2. obtain a copy of the Armstrong State College Request for Student 
Financial Aid, complete the form, and return it by 1 April for the 
coming academic year; 

3. submit a College Scholarship Service financial statement to the 
Office of Student Financial Aid by 1 April for the coming academic 
year; 

4. submit a Basic Educational Opportunity Grant eligibility report to 
the Office of Student Financial Aid by April preceding the next 
academic year. 

It may be necessary to complete additional forms depending on a 
student's year in school, major course of study, and/or eligibility for a 
particular program. Applications for financial assistance must be 
repeated annually. Most student financial aid awards are for the entire 
academic year, with payments made to the student in equal quarterly 
installments. A student may, however, apply and be considered for 
financial assistance during the academic year, if funds are available. 

All student financial aid awards are contingent upon the availability of 
funds and the recipient's maintaining satisfactory progress toward a 
degree. Also, each recipient must maintain good academic standing as 
defined in this Bulletin. 

The minimum number of hours for which a student financial aid 
recipient may enroll per quarter varies from program to program. Most 
require at least 10 hours per quarter, and some require full-time status, 
or at least 12 hours per quarter. 



CATEGORIES OF AID 

The College provides necessary financial assistance through grants/ 
scholarships, work, and/or loans. Grants and scholarships are awards that 
require neither service nor cash repayments. Opportunities for part-time 
employment are provided for eligible students, usually on-campus, who 
arc paid federal minimum wages on an hourly basis. Loans require cash 
repayment, service repayment, or a combination of both. These funds are 
made available through the federal government, state government, and 
local sources. 

FEDERAL ASSISTANCE 

The BASIC EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT PROGRAM 

is designed to provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend 
post-high school educational intitutions. The BEOG is a grant and, unlike 
a loan, does not have to be repaid. It is estimated that academic year 
awards will range between $50.00 and $1,000.00. 

The SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT 
PROGRAM is available to eligible students who establish exceptional 
financial need as determined by the College Scholarship Service. The 
minimum award is $200.00 per academic year. The maximum may not 
exceed one-half of the student's established need, nor can it be more than 
one-half of the financial assistance supplied through the College. 

Currently, the COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM allows an 
eligible student to work each class day during the quarter. Satisfactory 
work performance is mandatory. 

A NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN may be awarded to an 
eligible student who has established a need through the College 
Scholarship Service. Interest will be computed at the rate of three 
percent per annum simple interest on the unpaid principal balance. 
Interest is not charged and repayment is not required until nine months 
after the borrower ceases to be a student. 

FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS AND/OR SCHOLAR- 
SHIPS are available to students who have: (1) established a financial 
need through the College Scholarship Service, (2) been accepted for 
enrollment by Armstrong State College, and (3) been admitted to the 
Nursing Program by the Department of nursing. 

In-service criminal justice personnel may qualify for a grant and/or loan 
under the LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION PROGRAM. Awards 
are made on a priority basis. An additional application is required. 



2S 



STATE ASSISTANCE 

GEORGIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE CORPORA- 
TION. Under this program, guaranteed loans arc provided by private 
lending institutions to residents of Georgia. The loans accrue interest at 
the rate of 7 percent simple interest. Loans are made by lending 
institutions that have signed a contract with and have the guarantee of 
GHE AC. The process involves application for the loan by the student and 
parents, certification by the educational institution, and final approval by 
GHEAC. Students who are unable to secure funds locally may apply for a 
STATE DIRECT LOAN. In this instance, the State of Georgia provides 
the funds and GHEAC guarantees the loan. Students enrolled in certain 
health career fields may elect to cancel all or a portion of their state direct 
loans by practicing in their fields. Applications and additional information 
may be obtained from the Office of Student Einancial Aid. 

GEORGIA INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to residents 
who began post-high school education after 1 April, 1974, and whose 
eligibility has been determined by the College Scholarship Service 
financial analysis. All veterans who were residents of Georgia at the time 
of their entry into military service may apply. 

The BOARD OF REGENTS' FUND sponsors a program under which 
Georgia residents may qualify for financial assistance at units of the 
University System. Applicants must be in the upper 25% of their class 
and have established a financial need through the College Scholarship 
Service. Recipients must agree to work in the state, at an occupation for 
which they are qualified educationally, one year for each $1,000 received. 
If unable to meet this obligation, the student is expected to repay the full 
amount with interest at the rate of 3 percent simple interest. 

Students may be recommended for employment on the INSTITU- 
TIONAL STUDENT ASSISTANTS PROGRAM. Some departments 
and offices of the college have funds available to hire student workers. 
Initial contacts should be made by the student with the appropriate 
department head. 

LOCAL ASSISTANCE 

INSTITUTIONAL SHORT-TERM LOANS are available to students 
for a maximum of sixty days. Interest shall accrue at the rate of 39S per 
annum. There are four short-term loans accounts: General, Nursing, 
Exchangette, and Kiwanis. Monies for the General Fund have been 
provided by the following source 

John Bravo Memorial 

Reusing Loan 

Rho Beta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega 

Senior Class 

Sigma Kappa Sorority 



29 



Special Loans 

Stephen Davis Memorial 

Union Cam]) Corporation 

Applications are available in the Office of Student Financial Aid. 

Dental Hygiene students may apply for scholarship and/or loan funds 
from the PADEREWSKI MEMORIAL FUND. Interested students 
should contact either the Head of the Dental Hygiene Department or the 
Office of Student Financial Aid. 

Armstrong State College accepts SCHOLARSHIP applications 
throughout the year. Most awards are made annually during the summer. 
Scholarships are awarded when: 

1 . an agency notifies the College of its intention to award a scholarship 
to a specified student, or 

2. an agency informs the College that it will award scholarships to a 
specific number of students selected by the Student Financial Aid 
Committee. 

The following is a partial list of scholarship donors for the 1976-77 
academic year: 

American Business Women's Association - Rebel, Azalea, and 

Historic Savannah Chapters 
Anthony Porter Scholarship 
Fraternal Order of Police 
Georgia Pacific Foundation 
Great Dane Trailers, Inc. 
Harry M. Carter Scholarship 
Kahn Memorial Scholarships 
Kiwanis Club 

Lucas Memorial Scholarship 
McCallum Memorial Scholarship 
Roper Foundation 
Rotary Club 

Sarah Mills Hodge Memorial Scholarship 
Savannah Jaycees 
Savannah -Jaycettes 
Southside Savannah Jaycees 
Union Camp Corporation 
Winn-Dixie Stores, Inc. 
Women's Auxiliary of the Georgia Medical Society 



30 



GOVKRMKNT BENEFITS 

SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION: Social Security provides 

monthly benefits to children when a parent (a) dies, (b) starts receiving 
Social Security retirement, or (c) starts receiving disability benefits. 
Payments can be made until age '12, provided the child is a full-time 
student in an educational institution. Benefits can continue until the end 
of the quarter of attainment of age --. if requirements for a bachelor's 
degree are not complete. Once Social Security benefits begin, it is the 
individual's responsibility to notify the Social Security office if he 
transfers to another school, if he withdraws from school, or if he reduces 
his hours below full-time attendance. The individual must also notify the 
Social Security Administration if he marries, if he is adopted, or if he 
earns more than -Sii.o^o a year. Students who want to file applications, 
report changes, or receive more information should contact their Social 
Security office. 

VETERANS SERVICES: See Section III: Student Services, Ac- 
tivities. 

VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION: The Georgia Vocational Re- 
habilitation Program provides financial assistance for the applicant who 
possesses an impairment which would prove to be a vocational handicap. 
The Office of Vocational Rehabilitation may pay the cost of tuition, books, 
and fees. Students who think that they may qualify under this program 
should contact one of the area Vocational Rehabilitation Centers located 
throughout the state The Savannah Center is located at 420 Mall 
Boulevard. Applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or other 
community agencies must apply at least b' (six) weeks before the 
beginning of any quarter to insure proper processing of applications. 

Student Financial Aid Officers at Armstrong State College are members 
of the National Association of Student Financial Aid Administrators, the 
Southern Association of Student Financial Aid Administrators, the 
Georgia Association of Student Financial Aid Administrators and other 
relevant organizations. 



31 



V. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

Application froms for admission to Armstrong State College are 
attached to this Bulletin and provided by the Admissions Office upon 
request. An application cannot be considered until all required forms are 
properly executed and returned to the Admissions Office. Applications 
should be on file in the Admissions Office at least twenty days before the 
opening of the quarter in which the applicant wishes to enter. 

The applicant must be at least sixteen years old on or before registra- 
tion date and must give evidence of good moral character, promise of 
growth and development, seriousness of purpose, and a sense of social 
responsibility. Armstrong State College reserves the right to examine 
and appraise the character, the personality, and the physical fitness of 
the applicant. The College further reserves the right to examine any 
applicant by the use of achievement and aptitude tests and to require 
additional biographical data and an interview before the applicant is 
accepted or rejected. If an interview is required, the applicant will be 
notified. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to refuse to accept any or 
all of the credits from any high school or other institution, notwithstand- 
ing its accredited status, when the College determines through investiga- 
tion or otherwise that the quality of instruction at such high school or 
other institution is for any reason deficient or unsatisfactory. The 
judgment of the College on this question shall be final. 

On the basis of achievement as reflected by high school or college 
grades and academic potential as shown by scores on the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test, an evaluation of each applicant's readiness to undertake 
college work will be made. The Admissions Officer may refer any 
application to the Admissions Committee of the College for study and 
advice. 

The decision as to whether an applicant shall be accepted or rejected 
shall be made by the Admissions Officer in accordance with admission 
policies and subject to the applicant's right of appeal as provided in the 
policies of the Board of Regents of the University System. The 
Admissions Officer shall, as promptly as practicable, inform the applicant 
of the action taken upon his application. 

The College reserves the right to terminate acceptance of applications 
when enrollment capacity is reached. The College further reserves the 
right to reject an applicant who is not a resident of the State of Georgia. 

All students enrolled at Armstrong State college are required to affirm 



32 



that they will abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. For a detailed 
explanation of the Honor Systems see the REGULATIONS section of 
this bulletin. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMAN APPLICANTS 
All freshman applicants must meet the following requirements: 

1. a. Certificate of graduation from an accredited high school. A 
transcript of the applicant's high school record must be submitted by 
the high school directly to the College and must show credit for a 
minimum of sixteen units, including the following subjects: English 
(4 units): Mathematics (2 units of which one unit must be in algebra, 
although two units are desirable: for students entering engineering 
or scientific fields, two units of algebra and one unit of geometry are 
needed); Science (2 units): Social Studies (2 units), and other units 
sufficient for graduation. 

OR 

b. Successful completion of the General Education Development 
Test (GED). Specific scores required are listed under the categories 
of admission below. A score report form must be submitted directly 
to the college from the GED testing center where the student took 
the test or by DANTES, 2318 South Park Street, Madison, Wiscon- 
sin 53713 (if the student took the test through the United States 
Armed Forces Institute while in military service). 

2. Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College 
Entrance Examination Board. Specific scores required are listed 
under the categories of admission below. Official results of a national 
administration of the SAT must be filed with the Admissions Office 
by the final date for the submission of an application for the quarter 
in which a student wishes to enroll. The Scholastic Aptitude Test is 
given in all states and many foreign countries at least six times 
annually. Students wishing to make application to take the test may 
secure application forms from their secondary school principal or 
counselor or from the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 
592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, or Box 102."), Berkeley, Califor- 
nia 94701. 

3. A non-refundable application fee of $10 must accompany the applica- 
tion form. This fee does not bind the College to admit the applicant, 
nor does it indicate acceptance of the applicant's qualifications. If a 
student wishes to enter the College at the beginning of a quarter 
later than that for which he was initially accepted, he must request 
reactivation of his application for admission. If the student has not 
enrolled within one year from the date of his initial acceptance, he 
must reapply and resubmit the application fee by the date specified. 






4. If the medical history of an entering student is such that his 
participation in required physical education, instruction is not re- 
commended or should be limited or if the student is under the care of 
a physician due to a special medical problem, he must have a 
physical examination prior to his admission. A physical examination 
prior to admission is required for all students in the Nursing 
Program! Entering students who are in good health and who are not 
under the care of a physician must submit a signed statement to this 
effect along with their completed applications for admission. 

CATEGORIES OF ADMISSION 

Freshman applicants may be admitted to Armstrong State College in 
one of two admission categories, Regular or Conditional admission. 
Specific requirements for these categories of admission follow: 

Regular Admission 
Applicants for the regular Admission category must: 

1. Have a total score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College 
Entrance Examination Board of at least 750 on the combined verbal 
and mathematics sections, with a score of not less than 300 on the 
verbal section; and 

2. Have a 1.5 predicted freshman grade-point average as determined 
by the College Prediction Formula; and 

3. Have (if applicable) no scores less than 45 on the GED. 

Conditional Admission 

Applicants who are not admitted in the Regular Admission category 
may be granted conditional admission if they: 

1. Have a total score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College 
Entrance Examination Board of not less than 550 on the combined 
verbal and mathematics sections, with a score of not less than 300 on 
the verbal section; and 

2. Have a predicted freshman grade-point average of not less than 1.2 
as determined by the College Prediction Formula; and 

•".. Have (if applicable) no scores below 45 on the GED. 

An applicant who is conditionally admitted to the College must take, 
before registering for classes, a battery of tests (relating to English, 
Reading, and Mathematics) derived from the College Guidance and 
Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board. The 
st u.lent u ill remain conditionally admitted until such time as the results of 
this battery of tests are available. A student who satisfactorily completes 
the entire battery of tests will be granted regular admission. If any part 



34 



of the test results is unsatisfactory, the student's conditional admission 
status will be continued, and he will be required to take courses in the 
Academic Skills Laboratory in his area(s) of weakness. While the student 
is on conditional admission status, he must have the classes in which he is 
enrolled approved by the Head of the Academic Skills Laboratory. A 
student may demonstrate proficiency by achieving a grade of "Satisfac- 
tory" in each of the Academic Skills Laboratory courses required. Any 
student who remains conditionally admitted for six consecutive quarters 
from the date of his admission or who attempts any one Academic Skills 
Laboratory Course three times without attaining a grade of "Satisfac- 
tory" will not be permitted to continue at the College. Test dates for the 
Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination are listed in the 
Academic Calendar Published in this Bulletin. 

APPLICANTS WHO DO NOT MEET THE GENERAL REQUIRE- 
MENTS FOR ADMISSION AND THE REQUIREMENTS FOR 
REGULAR OR CONDITIONAL ADMISSION WILL NOT BE ELIG- 
IBLE FOR ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE. 

ADVANCED PLACEMENT 
AND CREDIT BY EXAMINATION 

Armstrong State College gives advanced placement, or in some cases 
college credit, for college level high school courses, on the basis of the 
student's grade on the Advanced Placement Examination of the CEEB or 
the SAT achievement tests and approval by the appropriate department 
head at Armstrong State College. 

College credit may be granted for satisfactory scores on selected tests 
of the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP), for satisfactory 
completion of appropriate courses and tests offered through the United 
States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI), and for military service schools 
and experience as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of 
Service Experiences of the American Council on Education. Such credits 
may not exceed more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a 
degree. 

Specifically, the student with a strong academic background may, 
through certain examinations, demonstrate competence in: Art 200; 
English 111; Foreign Language 101, 102, 103; History 114, 115, 251, 252; 
Mathematics 101, 103, 104, 201, 220; Music 200; Natural Science without 
Laboratory; Nursing 101; Political Science 113. For information 
concerning the examinations which apply to the specific areas, please 
make inquiry to the Office of Admissions, the Office of the Registrar, the 
Office of Counselling and Placement, or the Head of the appropriate 
Academic Department. 

It is possible for a student, through a combination of the advanced 
placement and credit by examination programs, to begin his formal 
instructional program at Armstrong State College as a sophomore. 



35 



REgl'IKKMENTS FOR TRANSFER APPLICANTS 

1. Transfer applicants will follow the same procedures as freshman 
applicants, except that transfer applicants who will have achieved 
Bophomore standing at the time of their entrance will not be 
required to submit their high school records. Such records may be 
required by the Admissions Office, but normally the transcripts of 
previous college records will suffice in place of the high school 
record. A transfer applicant must ask the Registrar of each college 
he has previously attended to mail an official transcript of his record 
to the Admissions Office at Armstrong State College, regardless of 
the transferability of the credits. 

2. Transfer applicants who will enter with less than sophomore stand- 
ing (less than 45 quarter hours completed) must meet entrance 
requirements of both freshman and transfer applicants and will be 
required to submit their high school records as well as transcripts of 
college records. 

3. A transfer applicant will not be eligible for admission to Armstrong- 
State College unless he is eligible to return to the last college 
attended on the date he expects to enter Armstrong. A student who 
is on suspension from another college because of poor scholarship or 
for disciplinary reasons will not be eligible for admission. 

4. A transfer applicant will be considered for admission to Armstrong 
State College, if, on all work attempted at other institutions, his 
academic performance as shown by his grade point average is 
equivalent to the minimum standard required by Armstrong State 
College students of comparable standing. (See chart under 
Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy in the "Academic Regula- 
tions" section of this Bulletin.) 

5. ( !redit will be given for transfer work in which the student received 
a grade of "D" or above, with the percentage of "D" grades not to 
exceed twenty (20) percent of the total hours being transferred. 
College credit will not be allowed for such courses as remedial 
English or remedial mathematics or courses basically of secondary 
school level. 

0. Credits earned at an institution which is not a member of the 
appropriate regional accrediting agency can be accepted on a 
provisional basis only. A student transferring from an institution 
\\ hich is not a member of a regional accrediting agency must achieve 
a •■(" average on his first fifteen quarter hours of work at 
Armstrong in order to be eligible to continue. In certain areas he 
may be required to validate credits by examination. In computing 
cumulative grade averages, only the work attempted at Armstrong 
will be considered. 



7. The amount of credit that Armstrong will allow for work done in 
another institution within a given period of time may not exceed the 
normal amount of credit that could have been earned at Armstrong 
during that time. A maximum of 100 quarter hours may be transfer- 
red from a junior college. (This restriction is waived for students 
matriculating in the Bachelor of Science degree programs in Nurs- 
ing and Dental Hygiene Education.) At least half of the courses in 
the major field must be taken at Armstrong. 

8. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree may 
be taken through correspondence or extension courses; no corres- 
pondence courses may be used to meet requirements in the major 
field or the related field for the bachelor's degree. No correspon- 
dence course may be taken while a student is enrolled at Armstrong 
State College without prior approval of the Vice President and the 
head of the department in which the student is majoring. Corres- 
pondence credit will not be accepted for courses in English composi- 
tion or foreign language. 

CONTINUING EDUCATION STUDENTS 

All military personnel and adults, age 25 years or older, who wish to take 
regularly scheduled courses for personal enrichment and other non-degree 
objectives may be enrolled for credit or as auditors. If these students enroll 
for credit, they must meet all prerequisites for the course involved; if they 
enroll as auditors, they must have the permission of the instructor in- 
volved. Admission of Continuing Education students requires: (1) evi- 
dence of high school graduation or possession of GED certificate or 
(2) transcript from last college attended. Students on probation or suspen- 
sion will not be permitted to enroll in this program without approval by the 
Admissions Committee. 

A maximum of 45 quarter hours credit may be earned by students 
enrolled in this classification. Should a degree become the objective of a 
Continuing Education student, he must apply for admission as a degree 
candidate, meeting regular admission requirements. 

All college ((•(-> apply to students in this classification with the exception 
of the application fee which is not required until the student requests 
admission as a degree candidate. Active military personnel and their 
dependents (husbands/wives and children) qualify for resident fees. 

READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

A student who has not been enrolled at Armstrong for one or more 
quarters must apply for readmission on a form provided by the 
Admissions Office. This requirement does not apply to students who do 
not register for courses during the summer quarter. A former student 
who has not attended another college since leaving Armstrong may be 



readmitted provided he is not on suspension at the time he wishes to 
reenter. A former student who has attended another college since leaving 
Armstrong must meet requirements as listed in the bulletin in effect at 
the time of his return. 

TRANSIENT STUDENTS 

Transient student status means that a student is admitted to 
Armstrong State College only for a specified period of time, normally for 
one quarter. An applicant for transient status must file a regular 
application form and submit a statement from his Dean or registrar that 
he is in good standing and has permission to take specific courses at 
Armstrong to be transferred to his own institution when satisfactorily 
completed. Since transient students are not admitted as regular 
Armstrong students, transcripts of college work completed elsewhere are 
not usually required of such applicants. A transient student who wishes 
to remain at Armstrong longer than one quarter must submit an 
additional statement from his Dean or Registrar, or he must meet all 
requirements for regular admission as a transfer student. 

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE ACCELERATED 
PROGRAM FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS 

High school students who have completed the eleventh grade, who 
have met the criteria for admission to the program and who maintain its 
standards will be permitted to enroll for college credit in at least one 
course but not more than two courses each quarter at Armstrong State 
College while they complete the senior year of high school. Upon 
graduation from high school, these students will be admitted as regular 
students of the College. 

Through this program, a student may complete over two-thirds of the 
freshman year of college before he begins his regular college career. 
Students accepted in the program may choose any freshman course for 
which they meet all prerequisites, with permission of their high school 
principal or counselor and college advisor. 

A student forfeits the privilege of this program if in any quarter his 
grade in the course is below C or his high school average in academic 
courses is below B. 

The College will consider a student for this program only upon written 
recommendation of his high school principal or counselor. In the view of the 
College, it is only these individuals who can judge the circumstances that 
may make the program valuable and practicable for any student. 

To be admitted to the program a student must satisfy all of these criteria: 

1. written recommendation by the Principal or counselor of the high 
school; 



2. completion of the eleventh grade in an accredited high school; 

3. a combined verbal and mathematics SAT score of 1,000. 

EARLY ADMISSION AND JOINT 
ENROLLMENT PROGRAMS 

Armstrong State College offers an early admission program for those 
students who have completed the eleventh grade in high school and who 
have demonstrated outstanding academic potential. The criteria for 
admission to this program are the same as those listed for the Accelerated 
Program. 

Additionally, the college cooperates with the Chatham County School 
System in the offering of a joint enrollment program which is an early 
admission program allowing the student to enroll full-time at the college 
while remaining on the rolls of his local high school. After successfully 
meeting all established criteria for the early admission program, the 
student will be awarded a high school diploma at the end of his freshman 
year in college. The college Admissions Committee must approve all 
applicants accepted for admission to the joint enrollment program. For 
further information on this program the prospective applicant should 
consult his high school counselor and/or request information from the 
Admissions Office at Armstrong State College. 

FOREIGN STUDENTS 

It is recommended that, whenever possible, foreign students begin 
their attendance at the college in the fall quarter. The college also 
recommends that a foreign student attend an ELS language center prior 
to enrollment. (Applications for ELS are available from the Admissions 
Coordinator, ELS Language Center, 3831 Ocean Park Blvd. Suite 201, 
Santa Monica, California 9040.").) 

A student from a country other than the United States who is interested 
in attending Armstrong must meet the following requirements before 
application is made: 

1. He must have met the requirements of freshman applicants. 

2. He must have an offical transcript of his academic record mailed to 
the Admissions Office at Armstrong with an official translation. 

3. He must take the SAT of the College Entrance Examination Board in 
the testing center nearest his home and ask that the results be sent to 
Armstrong. 

4. He must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language and ask 
that the results be sent to Armstrong. (Applications for the test art- 
available from the Educational Testing Service. Box 899, Princeton, 
N.J. 08540.) 



5. He must submit a statement of financial resources prior to atten- 
dance. 

If the applicant meets the academic requirements for admission, he will 
be sent an application form. After it has been returned and approved, the 
applicant will be sent an 1-20 Form (I-20A and I-20B), which he can take to 
the American consul to ask for a student visa. When he arrives on campus, 
he will be tested in English composition for class placement. 

No scholarships are available for students who are not legal residents of 
Georgia. All foreign students must pay non-resident fees. 

ADMISSION OF VETERANS 

After having been accepted at Armstrong State College and upon 
receipt of Certification of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Veterans 
Administration, veterans may attend under Public Law 358 (Veterans 
Readjustment Benefit Act of 1966), Public Law 815 (disabled), Public 
Law 894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), or Public Law 361 
(children of permanently disabled veterans). Students under Public Laws 
358, 361, or 634 should be prepared to pay tuition and fees at the time of 
registration. 

APPLICANTS SPONSORED BY VOCATIONAL 
REHABILITATION 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or other 
community agencies must apply at least six (6) weeks before the 
beginning of any quarter to insure proper processing of applications. 

ADMISSION TO THE ASSOCIATE IN 
SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM IN NURSING 

Nursing requires a variety of skills and aptitudes and offers 
opportunities for service at differing levels of expertise. The associate 
degree nurse utilizes theories and principles from bio-psycho-social 
sciences and nursing as a basis for the nursing process. He/she uses the 
nursing process to support, promote or alter the client's adaptive state in 
response to identified, commonly occurring, health stressors. 

The associate degree nurse is prepared to work co-operatively with 
colleagues on the nursing team in those health agencies where the setting 
is structured and supervision is available. 

The candidate for the associate degree nursing program should have 
good physical and mental health as well as those personal qualifications 
appropriate for nursing. 



40 



General Information 

Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way guarantee 
formal admission to the Associate Degree program in Nursing. It is impor- 
tant that the applicant for admission to this program file all papers re- 
quired for admission consideration as early as possible in the academic year 
preceding the Fall Quarter in which the applicant wishes to enroll. It is 
recommended that applicants who have been away from school for a 
considerable period of time enroll in at least one academic course in an 
accredited college of their choice during the school year of summer preced- 
ing their planned entrance into the Associate Degree Nursing program. 

The Admissions Committee in the Department of Nursing will act only 
on completed applications. Admission decisions will be based on the applic- 
ants' academic records and will normally be made in March each year. 
Prospective students are encouraged to apply for admission as early as 
possible in the academic year. When the class has been filled, admissions 
will be suspended. Students who qualify for admission but who are not 
admitted because of lack of space may re-apply for the following year's 
class, repeating all application procedures. 

In addition to the normal college tuition and fees, the student in the 
Associate Degree Nursing program must purchase uniforms and some 
supplies and equipment. Each student is required to wear the official 
uniform of the Nursing program. Approximately two weeks before the 
opening of school, each student admitted to the program will receive 
information, along with approximate charges, concerning supplies, 
equipment, and uniforms needed for the Fall Quarter. Students in the 
program are responsible for providing their own transportation to and 
from the community hospitals and other health agencies which furnish 
their facilities for use in clinical instruction within the program. 

Ho ir to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission to 
Armstrong State College. The procedures for admission to the College 
are outlined in this section of the Bulletin. Mark the application For 
Nursing Only. 

2. An applicant for admission to the Associate Degree program in 
Nursing will not be considered until the student has received regular 
admission to the College. 

3. The applicant must send SAT scores and the appropriate transcripts 
to the Department of Nursing (in addition to those submitted as part 
of the procedures required for admission to the College). 

4. When the applicant has been admitted to the College as a regular 
student and when the Department of Nursing has received the 



41 



applicant's transcripts and SAT scores, he/she will be given an 
application form for admission to the Associate Degree program in 
Nursing. 

Criteria For Admission 

Applicants will be admitted to the Associate Degree program in 
Nursing under the procedures outlined above. The following criteria are 
considered as minimal for admission considerations: 

1. a total score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance 
Examination Board of at least 750 on the combined verbal and 
mathematics sections, with not less than a score of 350 on the verbal 
section and not less than a score of 350 on the mathematics section. 

2. A minimum high school grade-point average of 2.0 (C). 

3. A minimum adjusted college grade-point average of 2.0 (C), if 
applicable. 

4. A satisfactory health record (the appropriate form is available in the 
Department of Nursing). 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for admission outlined above 
may apply for admission to the program for the Fall Quarter of the 
following year upon satisfactory completion of the requirements stated 
below: 

1. Successful completion of five of the listed courses with a grade-point 
average of 2.0 (C) and no more than one repeat grade: Chemistry 201, 
Zoology 208, Biology 210 and any two of the following courses: English 
111, English 112, Political Science 113, Psychology 101, History 251 or 
252. 

2. Completion of these courses no later than the end of the Winter 
Quarter prior to Fall Quarter for which admission to the Nursing 
Program is desired. 

3. An adjusted grade-point average of 2.0 (C). 

4. Successful completion of the diagnostic examination for placement in 
beginning Mathematics courses or successful completion of Mathema- 
tics 99. 

5. A satisfactory health record (the appropriate form is available in the 
Department of Nursing). 

(). ( Contact with the Counselor in the Department of Nursing upon comple- 
tion of the above requirements. It is suggested that the student main- 
tain contact with the Counselor periodically during the period in which 
he/she is working to meet the above requirements. 



42 



Readmission to the Prog ram 

Students who have been admitted to and have enrolled in the Associate 
Degree program in Nursing but who have cither withdrawn or have been 
dropped from the program may apply for readmission only if they have an 
adjusted college grade-point average of 2.0 (C) at the time they wish to 
re-enter and only if they have received passing grades in all science courses 
attempted. 

ADMISSION TO THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM IN NURSING 

The Department of Nursing at Armstrong State College offers an 
upper-level curriculum allowing Registered Nurses from Associate De- 
gree or Diploma programs to earn the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Nursing. 

Hoiv to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission to 
Armstrong State College. The procedures for admission to the College 
are outlined in this section of the Bulletin. Mark the application For 
Nursing Only. 

2. An applicant for admission to the Bachelor of Science degree program in 
Nursing will not be considered until the student has received regular 
admission to the College. 

3. An applicant must send appropriate transcripts to the Department of 
Nursing (in addition to those submitted as part of the procedures 
required for admission to the College). 

4. The applicant must present a letter of recommendation and 
employment verification from either his/her most recent employer in 
the area of Nursing or from the Director of Nursing in the school 
attended (whichever is the most recent contact). 

5. When the applicant has been admitted to the College as a regular 
student and when the application for admission to the Bachelor of 
Science degree program has been completed, the Admissions 
Committee in the Department of Nursing will act upon the application. 

Criteria for Admission 

Applicants will be admitted to the Bachelor of Science degree program 
in Nursing on a space available basis and under the procedures outlined 
above if they meet the following criteria: 

1. Graduation from an Associate Degree program in Nursing with an 
adjusted grade-point average of 2.5 (C+); or graduation from a 
Diploma program in Nursing, with successful completion of the 






Associate Degree nursing and science courses or their validation 
examinations. 

2. Licensure as a Registered Nurse. 

3. Active participation in the field of Nursing within the last three 
years Cat least six months full-time or equivalent) or enrollment in a 
Nursing program within the last three years. 

**4. Eligibility to enter English 111 as determined by the Diagnostic 
Examination for placement in beginning English courses or 
completion of English 111 or its equivalent. 

**5. Eligibility to enter Mathematics 101 as determined by the 
Diagnostic Examination for placement in beginning Mathematics 
courses or completion of Mathematics 101 or its equivalent. 

:i The applicant who has not taken or who has not passed State Boards 
may be conditionally admitted until such time as he/she has taken 
and passed the Boards. While conditionally admitted, the student 
may take no more than 16 quarter hours of upper-level Nursing 
courses. Upon successful writing of the State Boards, the student 
must apply for regular admission to the Bachelor of Science degree 
program in Nursing. 

**The applicant who does not meet either or both of these criteria for 
admission may be conditionally admitted. Both the Diagnostic- 
Examination in English and the Diagnostic, Examination in 
Mathematics are administered on a regularly scheduled basis (see 
"Academic Calendar" published in this Bulletin). Failure to 
complete successfully either or both of these examinations will 
require the completion of the appropriate developmental course(s). 
Upon successful completion of either the diagnostic examination(s) 
or the developmental course(s), the student must apply for regular 
admission to the Bachelor of Science degree program in Nursing. 
While conditionally admitted, the student may take no more than 16 
quarter hours of upper-level Nursing Courses. 

ADMISSION TO THE ASSOCIATE IN 

SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM IN 

DENTAL HYGIENE 

The profession of Dental Hygiene is an ideal career for individuals 
interested in science and health services. The growing and constant 
demand for graduate dental hygienists assures regular hours and good 
compensation. 

A dental hygienist works under the general supervision of a dentist and 
performs a number of dental functions. The hygienist's duties usually 
include performing oral prophylaxis (cleaning of teeth), instructing 
pat ients in dental health, taking, developing and mounting dental x-rays, 



44 



applying fluorides and sometimes assisting the dentist in chairside and 
laboratory duties. 

There are certain personal qualifications which are essential for a 
successful dental hygienist. These are good health, neat appearance, high 
moral character, a desire to be of service to others, and the ability to get 
along well with people. 

The Armstrong State College program consists of seven quarters of full 
time study (two academic years and the intervening summer). Applicants 
are matriculated once each year, in September. 

There are no definite age requirements or restrictions for the basic 
Dental Hygiene program. However, all applicants must be graduates of 
an accredited high school or its equivalent. Students may be either 
married or single and must be citizens of the United States, either natural 
born or naturalized. 

General Information 

Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way guarantee 
admission to the Associate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. 
Applicants must first be accepted for admission to the college with 
Regular Admission status; they then must meet the requirements for 
admission to the Associate Degree program in Dental Hygiene before 
being accepted as students in that program. 

The purpose of the program is to meet the need for individuals 
educated in this rapidly growing and important health profession. Dental 
Hygienists are in demand to provide dental health services in private 
dental offices, civil service positions, school programs, and various public 
health fields. They practice under the supervision of a dentist and must 
pass a written national board examination and a state board examination 
for licensure. 

Admission to the program is limited to thirty students in each class. 
Students enroll in the Fall Quarter of each year. Applications for 
admission should be completed by Arpil 15 for the Fall Quarter. These 
applications must include a transcript of academic work to that date. A 
complete transcript must be submitted as soon as possible thereafter. 

The major part of the applicant's high school work should be in the 
college preparatory area. Because of the heavy emphasis on science in the 
dental hygiene curriculum, it is important that the applicant have a 
strong foundation in biology, chemistry, and mathematics. The quality of 
the applicant's high school work in English and Social Studies is 
important in the total evaluation of the qualifications for admission to the 
program. 

Applicants who are on academic probation or suspension from another 
college will not be considered for admission to the program. Unli 



4.') 



specifically approved by the Head of the Department, credit will not be 
accepted for courses taken in another school of Dental Hygiene. 

In addition to the normal college tuition and fees, the student in the 
Dental Hygiene program must purchase some supplies and equipment. 
Only new, complete, and approved instrument kits are acceptable. Each 
student is required to wear the official uniform of the program. These 
uniforms are ordered during the Fall Quarter. Approximately two weeks 
before the opening of school, each student admitted to the program will 
receive information, with approximate costs, concerning supplies and 
equipment needed for the Fall Quarter. 

Armstrong State College does not provide student housing. For 
information regarding housing available in the area, contact the Office of 
Student Affairs. Students are responsible for providing their own 
transportation to and from community agencies when they are assigned 
to these agencies for field experiences. 

Desired Admission Criteria 

Factors influencing the decisions of the Dental Hygiene Admissions 
Committee are: 

1. A 2.5 or better high school gradepoint average. 

2. An SAT score (composite verbal and mathematics) of 850 or above. 

3. An average score on the Dental Hygiene Aptitude test of 4.0. This 
test is recommended, but is not required. 

4. Dental office experience. 

5. A 2.0 gradepoint average on all previous college work, if applicable. 
Students transferring from another program within the college or 
from another college must have this average to be considered for 
admission. The 2.0 average must be maintained to date of actual 
matriculation in the program. 

The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee will give special considera- 
tion to applicants who have completed one year of college work and who 
have completed Chemistry 201 or Zoology 208 (or their equivalents) with a 
grade of "C" or better. 

After all credentials have been received, the applicant may request a 
personal interview with the Admissions Committee to discuss matters 
relative to their applications. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have enrolled in the Dental 
Hygiene program but who have either withdrawn or have been dropped 
from the program may apply for readmission to the program only if they 



46 



have a cumulative college gradepoint average of 2.0 ((') at the time they 

wish to reenter. 



Hon- to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission to 
Armstrong State College. The procedures for admission to the Col- 
lege are outlined in this section of the Hid Jet in. Mark the application 
For Dental Hygiene Only. These forms are to be returned to the 
Admissions office. 

2. Complete and return to the Department of Dental Hygiene the per- 
sonal data form, the dental form, and 2 recent photographs. 

3. It is recommended, but not required, that all applicants take the 
Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test. In order for the test scores to reach 
the Department of Dental Hygiene before April 15, the test should 
be taken during the Fall or Winter testing period. 

Applicants may address the Director of Admissions or the Head of the 
Department of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong State College if they require 
additional information concerning admission to the Associate in Science 
degree program in Dental Hygiene. 




RFGISTRATION 

Complete instructions concerning registration arc made available to all 
students at the beginning of the registration period. Registration includes 
academic advisement, selection of courses, enrollment in classes, and 
payment of fees. Students who are employed may request priority in 
registration at pre-registration in the Registrar's office. Full detail.- re- 
garding registration are provided to all incoming students after they have 
been approved for admission to the College. 



RESIDENCY REQUIREMENTS OF THE BOARD 
OF REGENTS 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, the applicant must 
establish the following facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 

1 . (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, he or she may register as 
a resident student only upon a showing that he or she has been a 
legal resident of Georgia for a period of at least twelve months 
immediately preceding the date of registration. 

(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 years of age or older shall 
be deemed to have gained or acquired in-state residence status for 
fee purposes while attending any educational institution in this 
State, in the absence of a clear demonstration that he or she has in 
fact established legal residence in this State. 

2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or she may register as a 
resident student only upon a showing that his or her supporting 
parent or guardian has been a legal resident of Goergia for a period 
of at least twelve months immediately preceding the date of 
registration. 

3. A person who is on full-time , active military duty with the armed 
forces and his or her spouse and dependent children may register 
upon payment of resident fees even though they have not been 
legal residents of Georgia for the preceding twelve months. 

4. A full-time faculty member of the University System and his or her 
spouse and dependent children may register on the payment of 
resident fees even though he or she has not been a legal resident of 
Georgia for the twelve months. 

5. Non-resident graduate students who hold teaching or research 
assistantships requiring at least one-third time service may 
register as students in the institution in which they are employed 
on payment of resident fees. 

6. Full-time teachers in the public schools of Georgia and their 
dependent children may enroll as students in the University 
System institutions on the payment of resident fees, when such 
teachers have been legal residents of Georgia for the immediately 
preceding nine months, were engaged in teaching during such nine 
month period, and have been employed to teach full time in the 
public schools of Georgia during the ensuing school year. 

7. All aliens shall be classified as non-resident students; provided, 
however, that an alien who is living in this country under a visa 
permitting permanent residence shall have the same privilege of 
qualifying for resident status for fee purposes as a citizen of the 
United States. 



is 



8. Foreign students who attend institutions of the University System 
under financial sponsorship of civic or religious groups located in 
this State, may be enrolled upon the payment of resident fees, 
provided the number of such foreign students in any one institution 
does not exceed the quota approved by the Board of Regents for 
that institution. 

9. If the parents or legal guardian of a minor change his or her legal 
residence to another state following a period of legal residence in 
Georgia, the minor may continue to take courses for a period of 
twelve months on the payment of resident fees. After the 
expiration of the twelve month period the student may continue his 
registration only upon the payment of fees at the non-resident rate. 

10. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia is appointed as 
guardian of a non-resident minor, such minor will not be permitted 
to register as a resident student until the expiration of one year 
from the date of court appointment, and then only upon proper 
showing that such appointment was not made to avoid payment of 
the non-resident fees. 




49 



VI. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic advisement is made available to each student at Armstrong 
State College. The Vice President gives overall direction to the 
advisement program, with the appropriate Department Head 
coordinating advisement activities within the various departments. The 
student is expected to seek advisement from the department in which he 
is taking a major. The advisor maintains a record of his advisees' 
academic progress from quarter to quarter. The student who does not 
take advantage of the academic advisement program at the College 
should be reminded that he is responsible for fulfilling the requirements 
of his degree program and must be extremely careful to observe all 
regulations for admission to courses, such as the requirement of 
prerequisite courses, sometimes with a specified grade. Credit for a 
course is invalid unless all prerequisite requirements are observed. 

During summer orientation and before registration, all new students, 
both freshman and transfer students, will meet with faculty advisors. The 
faculty advisors will guide them at this time in mapping out a schedule for 
the fall quarter. The proper time for meeting with faculty advisors from 
that point on is during the advisement periods each quarter listed in the 
college calendar. All faculty advisors, however, will be happy to give 
academic counseling at any time during a given quarter, if students need 
to talk with them. 

During the six quarters of his junior and senior years, the student must 
have his course selection approved in writing each quarter before 
registration by an advisor from the department in which he is majoring. 
During these last two years, the advisor will keep a record of the courses 
the student takes and the grades he makes, and, at least two quarters 
prior to graduation, when the student obtains the Application for 
Graduation, the advisor will signify to the registrar that the student has 
completed all requirements for graduation in his major program up to 
that time, and is, therefore, recommended for graduation upon his 
completion of the remaining requirements in his degree program. 

RELATING TO DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

1. Each student is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of the 
degree program which he has chosen, in accordance with the 
regulations of the college catalogue. 

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a degree are permitted only 
with the written approval of the Vice President, upon the 
recommendation of the department head. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the catalogue in effect at 



50 



the time of his admission to the College. Armstrong State College, 
however, reserves the right to change any provision listed in this 
catalogue, including but not limited to academic requirements for 
graduation, without actual notice to individual students. If a 
student has been absent from the College for two or more 
consecutive years, he should expect to meet all requirements in 
effect at the time of his return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree 
may consist of courses taken by correspondence, extension, or 
examination. No correspondence courses may be used to meet the 
requirements in the major field or related fields for the Bachelor's 
degree or in English composition or foreign language. No 
correspondence courses may be taken while a student is enrolled, 
without prior approval of the Vice President and the head of the 
department in which the student is majoring. 

5. By State law, one of the rquirements for a diploma or certificate 
from schools supported by the state of Georgia is a demonstration 
of proficiency in United States history and government and in 
Georgia history and government. A student at Armstrong State 
College may demonstrate such proficiency by: 

a. Examinations — Students may take either the relevant CLEP, 
SAT Achievement, or Advanced Placement test (making their own 
arrangements). 

b. Credit in the following — for U.S. and Georgia Constitution: 
Political Science 113; for U.S. and Georgia History: History 251 or 
252 or any upper division course in U.S. History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a student must earn at 
Armstrong at least 45 quarter hours of credit applicable toward the 
degree, and he must complete successfully at Armstrong a 
majority of the credits required in his major field of study. 
Additionally, the student must complete successfully at Armstrong 
a majority of the upper division credits required in his major field 
of study. For the Associate Degree, the student must complete at 
least 45 quarter hours of course work at Armstrong State College. 

7. For graduation the student must earn an over-all average of 2.0 or 
better considering work taken at all colleges, computed in such 
manner that a course will be counted only once, regardless of the 
number of times that it has been repeated. The grade earned in the 
last attempt will determine the number of honor points assigned 
for graduation. Additionally, the student must earn a grade-point 
average of 2.0 or better on each of the following: 

a. all work at Armstrong 

b. all courses in the major field. 



51 



8. To qualify for a second baccalaureate degree, a candidate must 
earn at Armstrong at least 45 additional hours of credit and, of 
course, meet all qualitative requirements for the degree. 

9. Before a degree will be conferred upon a student by Armstrong 
State College he must pay all fees and must submit to the 
Registrar his completed Application for Graduation two quarters 
before graduation. A candidate for a degree, unless excused in 
writing by the President, Vice President, or Dean of Student 
Affairs, must attend the graduation exercises at which a degree is 
to be conferred upon him. 

10. Each student must successfully complete the Regents Examination 
and must take an Exit Examination in his major field as 
requirements for graduation. 

COURSE AND STUDY LOAD 

The normal course load for a full-time student is 15-18 quarter hours 
(and a course in physical education during the freshman and sophomore 
years). An average student should devote at least thirty hours each 
week, in addition, to course preparation. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is registered for 12 or more 
quarter hours. A part-time student is one registered for less than 12 
quarter hours. 

The maximum course load for a student who works full-time is 11 
quarter hours. A working student should plan about ten hours 
preparation per week for each 5 quarter hour course. 

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

A student who has earned 45 quarter hours of credit will be classified as 
a sophomore; 90 quarter hours of credit, as a junior; 135 quarter hours of 
credit, as a senior. 

PERMISSION FOR OVERLOAD OR COURSES 
AT ANOTHER COLLEGE 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter hours will be granted by 
the Registrar to a student: 

1. with an average grade of "B" for the preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall gradepoint average of 3.0, or 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the two quarters prior to 
graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for more than 21 quarter hours in 
any one quarter. 



52 



A student who is on academic probation will not be permitted to 
register for more than 18 quarter hours in any one quarter. 

Exceptions to these limitations may be made only by the Vice 
President. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the same time takes course for 
credit at another college may not transfer such credit to Armstrong, 
unless he has obtained in advance the written permission of the Vice 
President of Armstrong State College to register for those courses. 

REPORTS AND GRADES 

The faculty feels that students in college should be held accountable for 
their scholarship. Accordingly, grade reports, warnings of deficient 
scholarship and all such notices are not sent to parents or guardians by 
the Registrar. Instead, the students themselves receive these reports 
and are expected to contact their advisors whenever their work is 
unsatisfactory. Grade reports are issued at the end of each quarter. 
Reports of unsatisfactory grades are issued in the middle of each quarter. 
Each student has access to an advisor; in addition, the Registrar and all 
instructors are available to help any student seeking assistance. 

Armstrong State College awards the following grades which are used 
in the determination of a student's grade-point average: 





Grade 


Honor Points 


A 


(excellent) 


4.0 


B 


(good) 


3.0 


C 


(satisfactory) 


2.0 


D 


(passing) 


1.0 


F 


(failing) 


0.0 


WF 


(withdrew, failing) 


0.0 



The student's cumulative grade-point average recorded on his 
permanent record card is determined by dividing the total honor points 
earned by the total hours attempted. The student's adjusted grade-point 
average is determined by dividing the total honor points earned by the 
total hours attempted, with hours and honor points for repeated courses 
not duplicated in the calculation. 

Armstrong State College also uses the following symbols for grade 
reports. These symbols carry no honor points and are not included in the 
determination of either the cumulative grade-point average or the 
adjusted grade-point average. 



53 



Symbol Explanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I incomplete 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

P passing, academic skills 

A student who receives a report of "I" for a course should consult his 
instructor at once and arrange to complete the requirements of the 
course. An "F which has not been removed by the middle of the 
succeeding quarter is automatically changed to an "F" unless the instruc- 
tor approves an extension in writing addressed to the Registrar. 
The "S" and "U" symbols may be utilized for completion of degree 
requirements other than academic course work (such as student teaching, 
clinical practicum, etc.). Withdrawal without penalty (W) is not 
permitted after the quarterly dates listed in the "Academic Calendar" in 
this Bulletin as the dates that mid-term reports are due. Exceptions to 
this policy must be approved by the Vice President and will be approved 
only on the basis of hardship. 

HONORS 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for a least ten quarter hours of course 
work who earn an honor point average of at least 3.5 will be placed on the 
Dean's List, published quarterly. Only course work taken at Armstrong 
will be used in the computation of Dean's List honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point average of 
3.2 through 3.499 will be graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point 
average of 3.5 through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum laude. 

Sum ma Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point 
average of 3.8 through 4.0 will be graduated summa cum laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other accredited institutions will 
be considered in computing honors for graduation. 

ATTENDANCE 

The control of student attendance at class meetings and the effect of a 
student's attendance on his grades in a course are left entirely to the 
discretion of the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing everything that is announced, 
discussed, or lectured upon in class as well as for mastering all assigned 
reading; he is also responsible for turning in on time all assignments and 
tests, including recitation and unannounced quizzes. The best way to 
meet these responsibilities is to attend classes regularly. An instructor 
may drop a student from any class with a grade of "F" if he thinks that the 



54 



excessive absence prevents that student from satisfactorily fulfilling his 
responsiblities. If such excessive absence is the result of prolonged 
illness, death in the family, college business, or religious holidays, the 
withdrawal grade will be either "W" or "F" depending on the student's 
status at the time he was dropped. The instructor will be responsible for 
informing each of his classes at its first' meeting what constitutes 
excessive absence in that particular class. Each student is responsible for 
knowing the attendance regulation in his class and for complying with it. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

All students who are enrolled for ten quarter hours or more on the day 
schedule are required to complete six hours of physical education, of 
which P.E. 117 (Basic Health) and P.E. 103 (Elementary Swimming) or 
P.E. 108 (Intermediate Swimming) are required. During his freshman 
year, a student should take P.E. 117 and 103 or 108. During their 
sophomore year, students may elect any three Physical Education 
activity courses with the last two numbers being 01 to 09. 

Any student who holds a valid senior life saving certificate and/or a 
valid water safety instructor certificate and/or passes the Armstrong 
swimming test may be exempted from the required swimming course 
(P.E. 103 or 108). 

A student graduating with an Associate Degree must complete three 
credit hours of Physical Education. 

A student who has completed at least six months of military service is 
required to take only four hours in physical education, which he may 
choose from all scheduled offerings, during his freshman and sophomore 
years. 

Physical education is not required of anyone who is beyond the age of 
25 at the time of initial matriculation, or of anyone enrolled primarily in 
evening classes. 

The department requires all students to make up excused absences; 
unexcused absences lower the final grade. 

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

A student who maintains or exceeds the gradepoint average indicated 
below for quarter hours attempted will be considered in good standing. 

When a student first falls below the GPA required for the appropriate 
accumulation of hours, he will be placed on academic warning. If he does 
not raise his GPA to a satisfactory level the next quarter, he will be 
placed on academic probation. 



55 



Quarter Hours Attempted at Required Adjusted 

Armstrong and Elsewhere GPA 

0-15 ' 1.3 

16-30 1.4 

31-45 1.5 

46-60 1.6 

61-75 • 1.7 

76-90 1.8 

91-120 1.9 

121-135 and over 2.0 

A student on academic probation who raises his adjusted gradepoint 
average during the probationary quarter to equal to or exceed the 
appropriate figure in the foregoing table will be removed from academic 
probation. One who fails to achieve the required adjusted average, but 
who does earn an average of at least 2.0 during the probationary quarter, 
will be continued on probation for the next quarter of attendance. The 
College places no restrictions on the extracurricular activities of students 
who are placed on academic probation. Any student on academic 
probation should plan both his curricular and extracurricular activities 
with care, consulting with his advisor in so doing. 

The student on academic probation who does not achieve the required 
adjusted average or who does not earn an average of at least 2.0 for the 
quarter in which he is on probation will be suspended from the college for 
one quarter. A student who is on academic suspension for the first time, 
however, has the option of attending summer school without having to 
appeal the suspension. A third academic suspension is final. 

A student re-entering the college after academic suspension is placed 
on probation and must meet the requirements listed above. 

A student suspended for academic reasons may appeal by letter to the 
Committee on Academic Standing to be delivered to the Office of Student 
Affairs. Such a letter of appeal should state the nature of any extenuating 
circumstances relating to the academic deficiency; the letter should be 
received no later than 9 a.m. on registration day. No action will be taken 
on appeals received later than 12:00 noon on the day following 
registration day. The action of the Committee on Academic Standing is 
final. 

REPEATING COURSES 

Any course for which a grade of "D" or "F" has been recorded may be 
repeated with the last grade to be counted in the adjusted grade-point 
average. A student who repeats any such courses should complete a 
"Notice of Course Repetition" form available in the Office of the 
Registrar. 



56 



DROPPING (OUKSKS 

A student desiring to drop a course after the quarter has begun must 
obtain a Drop-Add Notice in the Office of the Registrar. The notice must 
be signed by the instructor of the course being dropped and returned by 
the student to the Registrar's Office. 

A student who drops a course not more than seven class days after the 
course begins will receive no grade for the course. A student who drops a 
course after the first seven class days and on or before the quarterly 
dates listed in the "Academic Calendar" in this Bulletin for mid-term 
reports will receive a "W" or a "WF" depending on his status in the 
course. A student may not drop a course without penalty following the 
quarterly dates listed in the "Academic Calendar" for mid-term reports. 

WITHDRAWING FROM COLLEGE 

Any student who finds it necessary to withdraw from college must 
begin the process in the Office of Student Affairs. A formal withdrawal is 
required to insure that the student is eligible to return to Armstrong 
State College at a future date. Any refund to which a student is entitled 
will be considered on the basis of the date which appears on the 
withdrawal form. 

AUDITING 

A regular student wishing to "audit" a course without receiving credit 
must obtain the written permission of the instructor before he registers 
for the course. During the registration process the student should 
request a special "audit" course card. (Policy for some courses forbids 
"auditing.") A student may not change from audit to credit status or from 
credit to audit status after he has completed the process of registration 
for a course. A student who audits a course will have a "V" recorded for 
that course on his transcript. The regular schedule of fees applies to 
auditors. 

REGENTS EXAMINATION 

University System policy requires that all students successfully com- 
plete tests of writing skills and reading comprehension as a requirement 
for graduation. A student will be notified by grade report to take the 
tests in the quarter immediately following that in which he completes his 
55th hour as computed in cumulative hours earned. In order to insure 
adequate preparation for the tests, freshmen are expected to begin the 
sequence of required English composition courses no later than in their 
second quarter of attendance. Transfer students who have completed 
more than 55 quarter hours and who have not successfully completed the 
tests are responsible for meeting this requirement at the earliest possible 
time. 



Students are required to schedule their taking of the Regents 
Examination in the Counseling and Placement Office no later than two 
weeks prior to the administration of the examination. Dates for the 
Regents Kxamination are printed in the "Academic Calendar" section of 
this Bulletin. 

Students who successfully complete the Regents Examination will be so 
notified on their grade reports for the quarter in which the examination 
was taken. Students who do not successfully complete the examination will 
be notified in writing concerning any remediation required before they will 
be allowed to repeat the examination. 

Any student who neglects to take the Regents Examination when first 
notified to do so will be prohibited from pre-registering at the College for a 
subsequent quarter. If the student neglects to take the Examination after a 
second notification to do so, he will be placed on academic suspension 
until such time as he has taken the Examination. 

EXIT EXAMINATIONS 

Each student who receives a degree from Armstrong State College at 
the Associate or Baccalaureate degree level is required to take an Exit 
Examination in his/her major area. This Exit Examination is comprehen- 
sive in nature. Please see the appropriate Department Head for further 
information concerning these Exit Examinations. Students in the As- 
sociate in Arts degree program should seek information in the Office of the 
Registrar. 

HONOR CODE 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State college is dedicated to the 
proposition that the protection of the grading system is in the interest of 
the student community. The Student Court is an institutional means to 
assure that the student community shall have primary disposition of 
infractions of the Honor Code and that students accused of such infractions 
shall enjoy those procedural guarantees traditionally considered essential 
to fair and impartial hearing, the foremost of w T hich is the presumption of 
innocence until guilt be established beyond a resonable doubt. 

I. Responsibilities of Students: 

All students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor Code. A 
student shall not be accepted at Armstrong State College unless he 
signs the following statement at the time of his first registration: "I 
have read the Honor Code of Armstrong State College. I 
understand the Code and agree that, as a student at Armstrong, I 
must comply with these requirements." This statement shall be 
printed on the application for admission to the college and must be 
signed by the student. The Honor Code shall be printed in the 
official bulletin and the Student Handbook. 
It will be the responsibility of the Student Court or its designated 
representative to conduct an orientation program at the beginning 



58 



of each quarter for all newly entering students to explain iully the 
Honor ('ode and to allow full discussion of its requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to the 
Honor Code is invited to seek assistance in the Office of Student 
Affairs. 

II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: (a) general and 
(b) those related to the peculiarities of specific course-related 
problems and to the understanding of individual instructors. Any 
instructor whose conception of cheating would tend to enlarge or 
contract the general regulations defining cheating must explicitly 
notify the affected students of the qualifications to the general 
regulations which he wishes to stipulate. The following will be 
considered general violations of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized help on any assignment, 

test or paper. The meaning of "unauthorized help" shall be 
made clear by the instructor of each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 
:'». Plagiarizing. 

4. (Jiving perjured testimony before the Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, or intimidating witnesses. 
(). Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code. 

III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the Office of 
Student Affairs for assistance in contacting members of the 
Student Court. 

A. Self-reporting: A student who has broken the Honor Code 
should report himself to a member of the Student Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a 
violation of the Honor Code must report the matter. This may 
be done in one of two ways. 

1. He may tell the person thought to be guilty to report himself 

to a member of the Student Court no later than the end of the 
next school day. After this designated time, the person w he 
is aware of the violation must inform a member of the 

Student Court so that the Student Court may contact the 
accused person if he has not already reported himself. 

2. He may report the suspected violation directly to a member 
of the Student Court without informing the accused. 



•V.' 



IV. The procedural rights of the students accused of violations of the 
Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of ari accused is the right to a 
fair and impartial hearing and the right to be presumed innocent 
until proven guilty. Specific rights are as follows: 

1. The accused will be notified in writing by the Student Court or 
its designated representative of the nature and details of the 
offense with which he is charged along with the names of his 
accusers and the principal witnesses to be brought against him. 
This notification shall occur no less than three days prior to the 
date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counsel of his own choosing. Such 
counsel will not participate directly in the proceedings except 
to advise his client. It is expected that such counsel will be 
drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be 
afforded an opportunity to present witnesses and documentary 
or other evidence. The accused and any individual bringing the 
charges shall have the right to cross examine all witnesses and 
may, where the witnesses cannot appear because of illness or 
other cause acceptable to the Court, present the sworn state- 
ment of the witnesses. The Court shall not be bound by formal 
rules governing the presentation of evidence, and it may 
consider any evidence presented which is of probative value in 
the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear witness against himself. 
The Court may not take the refusal of the accused to testify as 
evidence of guilt, but this proviso does not give the accused 
immunity from a hearing or from recommendations reached in 
a hearing simply because the accused does not testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of the 
hearing and to the record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for 
consideration upon initiation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels. The accused shall not be put in double 
jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from the hearing room during 
the course of a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss a pending 
rase. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will be allowed such observers 
of the hearing as may be commensurate with the space 
available. Otherwise, in the interests of the right of privacy of 
the accused, hearings will be private, except that the College 



60 



may also have observers additional to the advisors to the 
Student Court. 

V. The Honor ('ode Commission, The Student Court Selection 
Committee, The Student Court, and Advisers to the Court 

A. Honor Code Commission 

It shall be the purpose of the Honor Code Commission to 
administer the student academic honor code. The 
Commission will have the reponsibility for revising and 
updating the student academic honor code as need- arise. 
The Honor Code Commission shall consist of the President. 
Vice-President, and Secretary of the Student Government 
Association and the current President and Secretary of 
Student Court together with three faculty members 
appointed by the President of the College. 

B. Student Court Selection Committee 

The Student Court Selection committee will select members 
for the Student Court. The Student Court Selection 
Committee will consist of two faculty members from the 
Honor Code Commission, one of whom is the chairperson of 
that commission, two students from the Honor Code 
Commission, one of whom is a member of the Student Court, 
two faculty members from the Conduct Committee, one of 
whom is the chairperson of that committee, two students 
from the Conduct Committee, one of whom is a member of 
the Student Court, and the Dean of Students. 

C. Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected by the Student Court 
Selection Committee and will be composed of twelve 
students. Due consideration will be given to equitable 
apportionment of court members of the basis of academic 
class, race, and sex. Students on academic probation may 
not serve. All appointments will be issued and accepted in 
writing. Appointments will be made during Spring Quar- 
ter in time for newly elected members of the Court to 
assume their duties by May 1. Appointments will be made 
as needed to keep the Student Court staffed to do 
business on a reasonably prompt basis. These appoint- 
ments may constitute permanent or temporary replace- 
ments as the Student Court Selection Committee deems 
necessary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a President, Vice-President, 
and a Secretary from its membership. The President will 
preside at all meetings. The Vice-President will assume 
the duties of the President if the President is absent. The 



61 



Secretary will maintain written notes of all proceedings 
and audiotape records of all testimony, and will maintain 
exhibits of evidence which by their nature may reasonably 
be maintained in the Court files. A quorum of the Court 
shall consist of eight members. A two-thirds majority 
secret ballot vote is required to reach a finding of guilty. 
All other questions may be decided by a simple majority 
vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court during the Summer 
Quarter shall include all appointed members in atten- 
dance, and others as shall be appointed to membership by 
the Student Court Selection Committee. 

4. Student Court Members shall examine their consciences 
carefully to determine whether they can in good consci- 
ence serve on a panel hearing a particular case, and in the 
event that there is any doubt, whatsoever, such members 
shall excuse themselves from duty on the specific panel in 
question. 

B. Advisers to the Court 

1. An adviser and an associate adviser to the Student Court 
shall be appointed by the President of the College. 

2. Ordinarily the adviser will serve in that office for one year 
only and usually will be succeeded in that position by the 
associate adviser. Therefore, after the initial 
appointments, only an associate adviser will ordinarily be 
appointed each year. The succession of an associate to the 
adviser position is deemed to occur on the last day of 
Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, the adviser is unable 
to complete his term, the associate adviser shall succeed 
to the office of adviser and another associate adviser shall 
be appointed by the above procedures. If, during the 
Summer Quarter, neither adviser is on campus, a 
temporary adviser will be appointed. 

3. Duties of the adviser and the associate adviser: It shall be 
the duty of the adviser to consult with the Court and to 
offer advice to the President and members of the Court on 
substantive and procedural questions. The adviser, or the 
associate adviser in the event the adviser is unable to 
attend, shall be present at all meetings and hearings of 
the Court. The Adviser may not vote nor may he 
participate directly in the conduct of hearings before the 
Court except through the chairman, or acting chairman, 
of the Court. The adviser should be governed at all times 



62 



by the principle that a hearing before the student court is 
primarily a matter of student responsibility. 

VI. Procedures and Penalties adopted by the Student Court: 

The Student Court shall formulate its own bylaws governing 
internal organization and procedure. Such bylaws must be 
consistent with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court President to be held on 
a date not less than three (3) nor more than ten (10) class 
days after notice to the accused as provided in Section IV-2. 
Exceptions to these time requirements may be granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the Court shall make a 
recommendation to the Vice President of the College as to 
the administrative action it deems appropriate within the 
following limitations: 

1. A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or test 
credit for the assignment or test for violations involving 
cheating as specified in Section II, subsections 1, 2, and 3. 
Additional penalties such as reprimands, suspension, or 
others may be recommended for any aspects of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall be 
suspension for a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second offense may be suspension 
for three years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will be 
informed of the Court's finding, and its recommendation to 
the Vice President of the college. If the finding is guilty, the 
accused will be informed that the Court may re-open the case 
with the consent of the accused for good cause, within a 
three week period. 

D. The Vice President of the College will inform all involved 
persons in writing of the action he has taken in view of Court 
recommendations. The Court Secretary will post public 
notice of the Vice President's action by case number without 
identifying the accused. 

VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalties: 

Should a student have cause to question the findings of the Court 
or the action of the Vice President of the College or both, he has 
the right to appeal. The channels of appeal are as follows: 

A. Court findings and/or the administrative action of the Vice 
President of the College may be appealed within five days by 
writing the President of the College. Further appeal 



63 



procedures will conform to the appeal procedures of the 
College and of the Policies of the Board of Regents, 
University System of Georgia (a copy of these policies is 
available in the Library; see chapter on Students, section on 
appeals, page 165, 1969 edition). 

VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding to reported infractions 
of the Honor Code, the Student Court is ultimately responsible 
to the President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be accomplished ordinarily 
through the Dean of Student Affairs and the Advisors. 

A. Dean of Student Affairs 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of the College 
Statutes, the Dean of Student Affairs will provide general 
supervision of the Student Court and will provide other 
guidance or services as directed by the President of the 
College. 

XI. Revision of the Honor code will require confirmation by majority 
vote of those faculty and student body members voting. 




64 



VII. DEGREE PROGRAMS 
AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

UNIVERSITY SYSTEM CORE CURRICULUM 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia requires as a Cere 
Curriculum for all baccalaureate degree programs the following minimum 
number of quarter hours in the major areas of study: 

Mimimum Quarter 

Areas of Study Hours Required 

I. Humanities, including, but not limited to grammar 

and composition and literature 20 

II. Mathematics and the natural sciences, including, but 
not limited to, mathematics and a 10-hour sequence 
of laboratory courses in the biological or 
physical sciences 20 

III. Social Sciences, including, but not limited to, 

history and American government 20 

IV. Courses appropriate to the major field of the 

individual student 30 

TOTAL ... 90 

In addition to the University System Core Curriculum requirements as 
outlined above, Armstrong State College requires six quarter hours in 
physical education as part of all baccalaureate degree programs. 

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 
CORE CURRICULUM 

The student in any bacalaureate degree program at Armstrong State 
College must complete the following specific Core Curriculum require- 
ments. Consult the relevant departmental section for a complete state- 
ment of degree requirements for a specific program. Certain courses in the 
Core Curriculum may be exempted with credit awarded. See p. 35. 






Quarter Hours 
Area I. Humanities 20 

English 111, 112, 211 

One of the following courses: 

Art 200, Art 271, Art 272, Art 273, Music 200, 

Philosophy 201, English 222 

Area II. Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 20 

One of the following course sequences: 

Mathematics 101, 103 

Mathematics 101, 195 

Mathematics 101, 220 

Mathematics 101, 290 
One of the following course sequences: 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 128, 129 

Physics 211, 212 

Physics 217, 218 

Physical Science 121, 122 

Area III. Social Sciences 20 

History 114, 115 
Political Science 113 
One course selected from: 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201, 

Criminal Justice 100 

Area IV. Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 30 

Biology: • Quarter Hours 

Science and/or Mathematics electives (100-200 level)or 

Foreign Language 101, 102 10 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Botany 203 5 

Zoology 204 5 

Business Adyninistration: 

B.A. 211, 212 10 

Economics 201 5 

B.A. 205 or B.A. 207 

(or C.S.110 for Information Systems major) 5 

B.A. 215 5 

Mathematics 220 5 



66 



Business Education: 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Economics 201 5 

B.A. 205 or B.A. 207 5 

B.A. 211, 212 10 

*Ckemi8try: 

Physics 213 5 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

Mathematics 104, 201 10 

Criminal Justice: 

History 251 or 252 5 

C.J. 100, 103, 201, 210 20 

Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

Dental Hygiene Education: 

Associate degree required for admission to upper two-year 

curriculum. 

Economics: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, or 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202, 15 

Mathematics 220 5 

Economics 201 5 

B.A. 205 or B.A 207 5 

Elementary Education: 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Fifteen quarter hours to be selected from: 

Geography 111; Chemistry, Physics, or 

Physical Science (100-200 level) 15 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

English: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

Electives from Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Philosophy 201; English 222 20 



in addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 



67 



History: 

Foreign Language 101, 102 t 10 

History 251, 252 ' 10 

Electives to be chosen from: 

Anthropology 201; Economics 201, 

Geography 111, Mathematics 220, 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201, 

Social Work 250 10 

Mathematical Sciences: 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202, 203 20 

Computer Science 110 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Medical Technology: 

Physics 211, 212, 213 15 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

* Music- 
Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 221, 212, 213 18 

Applied Music 140, 240 8 

Music 250 or Music 254 4 

Music Education: 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Elective from: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200 5 

Fifteen quarter hours to be selected from: 

Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; 

Applied Music 140, 240 15 

Nursing: 

Zoology 208 5 

Biology 210 5 

Chemistry 201 5 

Nursing 100, 101, 102 15 

Physical Education: 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Education 203 5 

P.E. 218 5 

P.E. 228, 229 ! ! ! !!-10 

Psychology 101 5 



In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 



68 



Political Science: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Computer Science 110, 231, 241 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Electives to be chosen from: 

Anthropology 201, Criminal Justice 100, 

Economics 201, Geography 111, 

History 251 or 252, Psychology 101, 

Sociology 201, Social Work 250 10 

^Psychology: 

Mathematics 220 5 

Additional Lab Science Sequence 10 

Electives from: Biology 101, 102; Anthropology 201; 

Sociology 201; Philosophy 201 10 

Psychology 101 5 

Social Work: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Philosophy 201, Anthropology 201 and 

Social Science elective (100-200 level) 15 

Sociology 201 5 

History 252 5 

Social Work 250 5 

Speech Correction: 

Physical Science 121 5 

Education 203 5 

Mental Health Work 102 5 

Special Education 205, 225, 230 15 

Area V. Physical Education Requirements (All Programs) 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 and P.E. 117 
Three of the following courses: 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 



TOTAL ... 96 



* In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 



69 



The student should complete all Core Curriculum requirements during 
his freshman and sophomore years. ALL STUDENTS ARE RE- 
MINDED THAT SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF THE REGENTS 
EXAMINATION IS A REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION FROM 
ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE. THEY ARE ALSO REMINDED 
THAT THE TAKING OF AN EXIT EXAMINATION IN THEIR 
MAJOR AREA IS ALSO A REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION. 
IN PROGRAMS REQUIRING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE, DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS MAY INCLUDE LANGUAGE AT A LEVEL 
BEYOND THAT LISTED IN AREA IV. 



DIAGNOSTIC TESTS IN ENGLISH AND 
MATHEMATICS 

The College reserves the right to place entering students in 
appropriate English and Mathematics courses. Diagnostic tests are 
administered for this purpose. Each student must take the diagnostic test 
in mathematics before he may register for Mathematics 101 and must 
take the diagnostic test in English before he may register for English 191, 
110, or 111. The dates scheduled for administration of these diagnostic 
tests are listed in the college Calendar. 

STATE REQUIREMENTS IN HISTORY AND 
GOVERNMENT 

By state law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate from a 
school supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate proficiency in 
United States History and Government and in Georgia History and 
Government. A student at Armstrong State College may demonstrate 
such proficiency by successfully completing examinations for which credit 
will be awarded. See "Academic Regulations" section in the Bulletin, or 
request further information from the Head of the Department of History 
and Political Science. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
AND THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Requirements for each major program leading to the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts with a major in English, History, Music, Political 
Science, Psychology, Social Work, or Economics, or to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology, Chemistry, CriminalJustice, 
or Mathematical Sciences are described in the appropriate departmental 
listing. For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter hours, 
exclusive of the required physical education courses, is required for 
graduation. 

Each student in one of these major programs must complete the 
9(5-hour core curriculum requirement as listed above. 



70 



The student will not be allowed to take senior division courses in his 
major field unless he has a minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite 
courses in that field. No major program in a department will require more 
than 60 quarter hours at all levels in the major field; however, the 
department may recommend up to 70 quarter hours. 

For its major program, a department will require from 15 to 30 quarter 
hours of specific courses or approved elective courses in related fields and 
may require language courses reaching the degree of proficiency specified 
by the department. Total requirements in the major and related fields 
may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Each B.A. or B.S. degree program will include a minimum of 15 
quarter hours of free electives. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSOCIATE DEGREES 

Each associate degree program at Armstrong State College will 
include as part of its curriculum the following requirements: 1) English 
111, 112; 2) History 251 or 252; 3) Political Science 113; 4) one course to 
be chosen from Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate Core; 5) three 
credit hours of Physical Education. The student in an associate degree 
program is required to complete successfully the Regents Examination 
and to take an Exit Examination in his/her area of concentration. 

TEACHER EDUCATION 

All teacher education programs are approved by the National Council 
for the Accrditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and by the Georgia 
State Department of Education. Upon verification by the College that the 
student has completed successfully an approved program, the student 
applies to the State Department of Education for the appropriate 
certificate. Armstrong State College offers the following approved 
Teacher Education programs: 

Approved Programs 

Elementary Education (Grades 1-8) 

Speech Correction 

Secondary Programs (Grades 7-12) 

Business Education (Comprehensive or Bookkeeping and 
Business Management) 

English 

Mathematics 

Science (Biology) 

Science (Chemistry) 

Social Studies (History) 

Social Studies (Political Science) 

Social Studies (Behavioral Sciences) 



71 



All Levels (Grades 1-12) 
Music- 
Physical Education 

The college also offers an Associate Library Media Specialist program 
which may constitute an area of concentration for elementary teachers 
and an endorsement on the certificate for secondary teachers. The 
program is also intended to create an interest in librarianship. The 
courses are Library Science 310, 320, 410, and 420 (20 quarter hours 
credit). 

A student must complete the college approved program for certifica- 
tion within four years following his/her admission to the Teacher Educa- 
tion Program. In the event that the student does not complete his 
program in four years, he/she must meet the requirements of the 
program in effect at that time. 

All .students completing teacher education programs except those 
majoring in Speech Correction are required to take both the Common 
Examinations and the appropriate Teaching Area Examination of the 
National Teacher Examinations. Speech Correction majors must take the 
Common Examinations of the National Teachers Examinations and the 
Speech Pathology and Audiology Test of the Undergraduate Assessment 
Program. Students must submit the scores from these examinations to the 
Department of Education before the college can verify that an approved 
program has been completed. Additional information about these tests can 
be secured from the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs. 

Academic Advisement 

A student who desires to become an elementary or secondary school 
teacher should apply during the first quarter of residence to the 
Department of Education for academic advisement. He should follow 
without deviation the approved program. Upon admission to teacher 
education, students will be assigned advisors as follows: 

1. Elementary education and speech correction majors are assigned an 
advisor in the Department of Education who will assist the student 
in planning the total program of studies. 

2. Students pursuing secondary or all level programs will be assigned 
an advisor in the Department of Education to assist them 
concerning the professional sequence courses and certification 
requirements. In addition, students will have an advisor in the 
teaching field major to approve the courses in the teaching field. 
Assignment of the teaching field advisor will be made by the head of 
the academic department offering the major. Each student must 
have his secondary teaching program approved in advance by both 
advisors. Special forms for this purpose are to be filed with each 
advisor and a copy given to the student. 



All students pursuing a program leading toward certification by the 
Georgia State Department of Education as teachers must apply for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program at Armstrong State 
College. This application will normally be filed during the third quarter of 
the sophomore year or, for transfer students, in the first quarter of the 
junior year. Application forms may be secured from the office of the Head 
of the Department of Education. The following criteria are used in 
admitting applicants to teacher education. 

1. Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of college credit with a 2.50 
GPA and completion of Education 203 and English 111, 1 12, and 21 1 
or their equivalents with a "C" or better. 

2. Satisfactory completion of the Regents Examination. 

3. Competence in oral and written expession. 

4. Indication of desirable attitude, character, and teaching potential. 

September P radian// 

The purpose of the September Practicum is to provide an opportunity 
for future teachers (1) to learn what teachers do at the beginning of a 
new school team, (2) to participate in experiences that will assist the 
prospective teacher with future decisions concerning teaching as a 
career, and (3) to become acquainted with the organization and 
curriculum of a particular school. 

The September Practicum occurs during the first two weeks of the 
public school term (usually in late August and early September) and 
should be scheduled during the student's junior or senior year. No credit 
is given for the September Practicum, but it is a requirement in all of the 
teaching fields in the Armstrong State College Teacher Education 
Program. 

Application for the September Practicum should be made during the 
first week of the Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in the 
forthcoming September. The student should contact the Director of 
Professional Laboratory Experiences in the Department of Education. 

St / td cut Teaching 

Student Teaching, the culminating activity of the professional sequence, 
is provided in selected off-campus school centers. The full 
quarter of student teaching is arranged cooperatively by the college, the 
participating schools, and supervising teachers. Completed applications 
for admission to student teaching must be submitted to the Director of 
Professional Laboratory Experiences during the first week of the quarter 
preceding student teaching. While student teaching, the student is 
required to adhere to established policies and procedures of the 



7:; 



cooperating school system in addition to those policies and procedures 
established by the college and the Department of Education. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at the time assignment is 
made. While student preferences and other personal circumstances are 
considered, the Department of Education reserves the right to exercise 
its discretion in placement. The student will receive a letter of 
assignment. Orientation to student teaching will be held during the first 
several days of the quarter in which student teaching is scheduled. The 
following requirements must be met before a student can enroll in 
student teaching: 

1. Be admitted to the Teacher Education Program. 

2. Have at least senior status. All teaching field courses will normally 
have been completed. 

3. Have completed the required professional sequence courses with a 
grade of "C" or higher. Elementary majors must make a grade of 
"C" or higher on all specialized content courses. Students in Speech 
Correction must have completed all of the 300 level sequence 
courses in Special Education with a grade of "C" or better. 

4. Have a 2.5 average on all courses attempted, and "C" or better in all 
courses acceptable toward the teaching field, concentration, and 
related elective. 

5. Have satisfactorily completed the related professional laboratory 
experiences including the "September Practicum." 

6. Heve satisfactorily completed the Media Competency Examination. 

7. Be recommended by two academic professors and two members of 
the Department of Education, one of whom must be the student's 
advisor. 

8. Be approved by the Head of the Department of Education. 

9. Students in elementary education must have completed at least four 
of the specialized content courses, including the Teaching of Read- 
ing, with grades of "C" or better. 

A student will not be permitted to take additional courses during 
student teaching. Student teachers are not permitted to teach in a school 
in which their children are enrolled. 



74 



Prograyns of Study 

Please see appropriate departmental listings for programs of study for 
certification in the various teaching areas. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies 

This two-year program is designed to meet the needs of students who 
wish to qualify for secretarial positions after completing the program. An 
Associate in Arts degree is awarded upon completion of the program. See 
departmental listing for degree requirements. 

Bachelor of Arts 
with a Major in Economics 

Armstrong State College offers a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Economics. This liberal arts 
program provides a good preparation for anyone who plans to work in 
industry, or pursue further professional education in business, 
economics, education, or law. See departmental listing for degree re- 
quirements. 

Bachelor of Business Administration 

with Concentrations in Accounting, Economies, Finance, Information 

Systems, Management and Management-Marketing 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is offered with a 
choice of specialization. These programs are appropriate for students who 
wish a broad general education in business in addition to a concentration 
in one area. See departmental listing for degree requirements. 

Bachelor of Business Administration 

with Major in Business Education 

This four-year program prepares teachers of high school business 
subjects such as bookkeeping and business management and/or secreta- 
rial skills such as typing, shorthand, office machines, and office proce- 
dures. See departmental listing for degree requirements. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

The Coordinator of this degree program is Dr. L.B. Davenport, Jr.. 
Head of the Department of Biology. Armstrong State College cooperates 
with Memorial Hospital of Chatham County in awarding a Bachelor of 
Science Degree in Medical Technology. This program has been approved 
by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences. 



7:, 



After satisfactory completion of the required number of courses and 
hours listed above, the degree candidate must complete 12 months in 
Clinical Medical Technology at an approved hospital. Upon satisfactory 
completion of this work, the student will be awarded the degree of 
Bachelor of Science and will qualify for the examination given by the 
Registry of Medical Technologists. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIAL WORK 

Armstrong State college offers a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Arts degree in Social Work which is designed to prepare 
students to assume positions in various social service agencies. This 
program is offered cooperatively with Savannah State College and makes 
use of an off-campus facility for various training experiences. Require- 
ments for this degree are described in the departmental listing for the 
Department of Psychology and Sociology. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Armstrong State College offers the Bachelor of Science in Education 
degree with a major in Physical Education. This specialized degree 
program is designed to prepare students for careers in the teaching of 
Physical Education. Requirements for the major program are described 
in the appropriate departmental listing. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Armstrong State College offers a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Music Education degree designed for those students in Music 
who want to prepare for a career in teaching. Requirements for this 
degree are described in the department listing for the Department of 
Fine Arts. 

NURSING 

Associate in Science in Nursing 

For the two-year program leading to the Associate in Science degree in 
Nursing, the student must complete the curriculum of 53 quarter hours in 
academic courses and 50-52 quarter hours of clinical courses as listed 
under the Department of Nursing. This program provides the student 
with the opportunity to obtain a general education and to study nursing at 
the college level. Graduates are eligible for licensure to practice as 
registered nurses. The curriculum is approved by the Georgia Board of 
Nursing and is fully accredited by the National League for Nursing. 



76 



Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

Armstrong State College offers an upper division undergraduate 

curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing for 
graduate registered nurses from associate degree or diploma nursing 
programs. The program is planned to build on the student's previously 
acquired professional knowledge and experience and is designed to 
prepare registered nurses for first-level leadership positions in nursing. 
Additional information relating to this degree program appears under the 
listing for the Department of Nursing. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 



Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 

For the two-year (seven quarters) program leading to the Associate in 
Science degree in Dental Hygiene, the student must complete a cur- 
riculum of 55 quarter hours in academic courses and 59 quarter hours in 
professional dental hygiene courses. The purpose of this program is to 
provide trained personnel in a rapidly growing and important health 
profession. Dental hygienists provide dental health services in private 
dental offices, civil service positions, industry, and in various public 
health fields. They practice under the supervision of a dentist and must 
pass a state board examination for licensure. The curriculum is fully 
approved by the Commission on Accreditation of Dental and Dental 
Auxiliary Educational Programs of The American Dental Association. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

A Bachelor of Science degree in Dental Hygiene Education can be 
earned by an additional two years (six quarters) of study. This curriculum 
of 93 quarter hours is designed to prepare dental hygienists for careers in 
teaching in schools of dental hygiene. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Armstrong State College provides professional education to prepare 
students for careers in many areas in the administration of criminal 
justice. A strong liberal arts emphasis has been developed within the 
criminal justice program, enabling the student to prepare for new and 
demanding requirements in his profession. Specific courses in criminal 
justice are open to all students as electives. Students who plan to follow 
careers in the behavioral sciences, law, journalism, or special education 
may find courses in the criminal justice area both interesting and useful. 
Non-majors should consult with their faculty advisors before electing 
these courses. 



Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 

The curriculum for this program has been designed to lead to a 
two-year terminal degree, the Associate in Science in Criminal Justice, or 
to serve as the basic preparation for an upper two-year curriculum 
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Criminal Justice. For course 
requirements, see listing under the Department of Criminal Justice. 

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice 

The four-year curriculum for this degree program has been designed to 
provide the broadest possible liberal arts and professional training for 
students who are planning careers in the criminal justice area. The 
student who has earned the Associate in Science degree in Criminal 
Justice may transfer to the baccalaureate program with a minimum of 
difficulty. For specific course requirements, see listing under the De- 
partment of Criminal Justice. 



ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 



For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a student must complete 
at least 45 quarter hours of course-work in this program at Armstrong 
State College. The program is designed to provide a substantial liberal 
education as a base for upper-division specialization. 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. History 114 or 115 and History 251 or 252 • 10 

3. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

4. Mathematics 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or 290 10 

5. Political Science 113 and one of the following courses: 10 

Anthropology 201, Criminal Justice 100, 

Economics 201, 

Psychology 101, Scoiology 201 

6. Physical Education 3 

P.E. 103 or 108 and two activity courses 

7. Concentration and/or Electives 30 

The concentration may be specified by a department from 



Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See pp. 35. 



78 



appropriate courses. If not, the student may select 
courses which are open to him. 
8. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 93 



If a student plans to continue work in the future in a baccalaureate 
degree program, he should select courses that will meet the listed 
requirements of that degree program. 

COMPLETE LIST OF PROGRAMS — 
FOUR-YEAR DEGREES 

1. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Economics. 

2. Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

3. Bachelor of Arts with a major in English and requirements for 

secondary certification 

4. Bachelor of Arts with a concentration in Drama/Speech 

5. Bachelor of Arts with a major in History. 

6. Bachelor of Arts with a major in History and requirements for 

secondary certification. 

7. Bachelor of Science with a major in the Mathematical Sciences. 

8. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Music. 

9. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Political Science. 

10. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Political Science and requirements 

for secondary certification. 

11. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Psychology. 

12. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Psychology with a concentration in 

Mental Health Work. 

13. Bachelor of Arts in Psychology and requirements for secondary 

certification in Behavioral Science. 

14. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Social Work. 

15. Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology. 

16. Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology and requirements for 

secondary certification. 

17. Bachelor of Science with a major in Chemistry. 

18. Bachelor of Science with a major in Chemistry and requirements for 

secondary certification. 

19. Bachelor of Science with a major in Criminal Justice. 

20. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in Account- 

ing. 

21. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in Business 

Education and requirements for secondary certification. 

22. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in 

Economics. 

23. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in Finance. 



79 



24. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in Infor- 
mation Systems. 

Bachelor of Business Administration with, a concentration in Man- 
agement. 

Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in 
Management-Marketing. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Physical Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Speech Correction. 
(to be deactivated; see listing under Department of Education.) 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

32. Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

33. Bachelor of Music Education. 
Associate in Arts. 

Associate in Arts with a concentration in Art. 
Associate in Science in Nursing. 
Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies. 
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice. 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene. 



25. 
26. 

27. 

28. 

29. 
30. 
31. 



34. 
35. 
36. 

37. 
38. 
39. 










80 



VIII. DEPARTMENTAL COURSE 

OFFERINGS AND REQUIREMENTS 

FOR MAJORS 



Page 

Academic Skills 83 

Anthropology 190 

Art 137 

Astronomy 109 

Biology 85 

Botany 89 

Business Administration 91 

Chemistry 105 

Computer Science 172 

Comparative Literature 157 

Criminal Justice Ill 

Dental Hygiene 117 

Drama/Speech 160 

Economics 101 

Education 122 

E nglish 1 54 

Entomology 89 

French 162 

Geography 150 

logy 109 

( rerman 164 

History 139 

Journalism 162 

Latin 165 

Library Scien< e 126 

Mathematics 166 

Mental Health Work 188 

Meteorology 109 

Music- 130 

Nursing 1 75 

anography 110 

Philosophy 161 

Physical Education 180 

Physical Science 109 

Physics 110 

Political Science 150 

Psychol* >gy 187 

Reading 

Russian 165 






Secretarial Studies 103 

Social Work 189 

Sociology , 193 

Spanish 165 

Special Education (Speech Correction) 123 

Zoology 90 




82 



Armstrong State College reserves the right to (1) withdraw any course 
for which fewer than ten students register, (2) limit the enrollment in any 
course or class section, (3) fix the time of meeting of all classes and 
sections, and (4) offer such additional courses as demand and faculty 
warrant. 

No credit will be given in beginning courses in languages where the 
same or similar courses have been presented for admission from high 
school. 

After each course name, there are three numbers in parenthesis. The 
first number listed is the number of hours of lecture; the second, the 
number of hours of laboratory; and the third, the number of quarter hours 
of credit the course carries. For example: Biology 101 — Principles of 
Biology (4-3-r>). 

Courses numbered 100 to 199 are generally planned for the freshman 
level; courses numbered 200 to 299, for the sophomore level; courses 
numbered 300 to 399, for the junior level; courses numbered 400-499, for 
the senior level. Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional credit only 
and may not be applied to a degree program. 

ACADEMIC SKILLS LABORATORY 

Associate Professor John R. Hansen, Head: Assistant Professors 
Brown, Cottrell, Dandy, Harris, Padgett, and Summerville; Instructor 
Darken. 

The Academic Skills Laboratory provides an opportunity for students 
to remove academic deficiencies in English, Mathematics, and Reading 
which might otherwise prevent their completing college work success- 
fully. Institutional credit only is awarded for each course offered in the 
department. This credit does not apply to the requirements for a degree 
program or to the requirements for graduation from Armstrong State 
College. 

Academic Skills Laboratory courses receive students from the follow- 
ing four sources: 

1. A conditionally admitted student must enroll in those Academic 
Skills Laboratory courses appropriate to the removal of his specific 
areas of weakness as indicated by the results of the testing 
programs through which the student received conditional admit- 
tance status. To insure realistic class scheduling, the conditionally 
admitted student can enroll only in courses approved by the head of 
the Academic Skills Laboratory until such time as the student 
achieves full admission status. 

2. The Department of Languages and Literature and the Department 
of Mathematics and Computer Science may place any student, on 
the basis of the student's performance on the English Diagnostic 






Test or the Mathematics Diagnostic Test, in appropriate Academic 
Skills Laboratory courses. 

3. Any student may be placed in any Academic Skills Laboratory 
courses on the basis of an unsatisfactory performance on the 
Regents Examination. 

4. Any student may voluntarily enroll in any Academic Skills 
Laboratory course. 

NOTICE: Veterans and others entitled to Veterans Administration 
Educational Benefits may be certified only for a total of 45 credit hours in 
Academic Skills courses. Only 15 hours may be attempted in each of the 
basic skills of English, Mathematics, and Reading. 

Course Offerings 

ENGLISH 99— Fundamentals of Composition. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

This is the study and practice of techniques of paragraph structure. 
Students learn to write clearly, logically, coherently, and correctly. 

MATHEMATICS 98— Review of Arithmetic. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

Emphasis is placed upon computation involving fractions, decimals, 
and percentage. 

MATHEMATICS 99— Basic Mathematics. (5-0-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. 

Topics include real number arithmetic, polynomial expressions, and, 
linear and quadratic equations. 

READING 98— Reading Skills. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Not 
open to students having credit for Reading 99. 

This course is appropriate for conditionally admitted students and 
other students experiencing serious difficulty in reading. Word attack 
skills, comprehension skills, and vocabulary building are stressed. 

READING 99— Developing Reading Maturity. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

This course is appropriate for students preparing for the Regents' 
Examination and for students experiencing moderate difficulty in read- 
ing. Comprehension skills, vocabulary enrichment, test-taking 
strategies, and reading fluency are stressed. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

(See listing under Department of Psychology and Sociology.) 

ART 
(See listing under Department of Fine Arts.) 



84 



ASTRONOMY 
(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics.) 

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Professor Leslie B. Davenport, Jr., Head; Professor Thorne; Associate 
Professor Pingel; Assistant Professors Beumer, Brower, and Guillou; 
Instructor Restivo; Teaching Associate Dixon. 

The Major in Biology 

The major in biology consists of Biology 101, 102, Botany 203, Zoology 
204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit in biology courses (botany, 
zoology, etc.) numbered 300 or above. The majority of the courses in the 
major numbered 300 or above must be taken in the Biology Department 
at Armstrong State College. 

In addition, biology majors must complete elementary statistics and 
the course sequence in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The course 
in general college physics (15 quarter hours) is strongly recommended 
and should be considered essential for those who expect to continue the 
study of biology beyond the B.S. degree. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology must include in his program 
the following courses: Biology 370; Biology 480; and Botany 410 or 
Zoology 410. If credit for any of these three courses is transferred to 
Armstrong from another college, the department may require that it be 
validated by examination. 

To be admitted to courses in biology above the freshman level (those 
numbered 200 or above), the student must have completed the prerequis- 
ites for each with at least a grade of "C" for each prerequisite. To be 
eligible for a B.S. degree in biology, the student must have an average of 
at least "C" for all upper division courses (those numbered 300 or above) 
in biology. 

Beginning students who have successfully completed strong courses in 
biology in high school are advised to take the examinations for advanced 
placement which are offered with the College Entrance Examinations. 
Arrangements to take these tests may be made through the office of the 
Dean of Student Affairs. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for the biology laboratory 
science sequence by taking biology in the Savannah State-Armstrong 
exchange program, a student must take the ENTIRE sequence of ten 
quarter hours either at Armstrong State college or at Savannah State 
College. 

The student completing the major in Biology may concurrently com- 
plete secondary teaching certification requirements. 



85 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Biology 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* .' 75 

1 . English 111,112.211 and one course selected from: 20 

English 222; Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Musk 200; Philosphy 201 

2. History 114. 115 10 

3. History 251 or 252 5 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. ( me of the following: 5 

Economics 201; Psychology 101; 
Sociology 201; Criminal Justice 100 
(5. Mathematics 101 (or 103 or 104 if placement 

examination allows) and 220 10 

7. Biology 101, 102; Botany 203**; 

Zoology 204** 20 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

Biology 370, 480 10 

Botany 410 or Zoology 410 5 

Additional Courses (junior-senior level) 25 

C. Related Fields 25 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Chemistry 341, 342, 343 15 

D. Electives 45 

(Physics 211, 212, 213 and a foreign language 
sequence strongly recommended) 

E. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 117 and 103 or 108 3 

Physical Education Activities Courses 3 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

The student completing the major in Biology may concurrently com- 
plete secondary teaching certification requirements by completing the 
following program of studies. 

Program for Secondary School Teachers of Science 
with a Major in Biology 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 75 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one course 

selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. History 114, 115 10 

A. History 251 or 252 * 5 

4. Psychology 101 and one of the following courses: 10 

Economics 201 
Political Science 113 
Sociology 201 

5. Mathematics 101 {or 103 or 104, if placement examination 

allows); 220 10 

('). The following courses: 20 

Biology loi. 102 

Botany 20:5 and Zoology 204 

Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 35. 
ould in completed before beginning upper division courses. 



86 



B. ( lourses in Major Field 40 

Students must complete the requirements for a major 
including Biology 370, 480; Botany 410 or Zoology 410 

('. Courses in Other Sciences 

Chemistry 128, 129, 341, 342, 343 2o 

Physics 211 (Mathematics Hi:', is prerequisite); 212 Hi 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

I'.K. 101, 102, 104. 105, 106, 107, 200, 

201, 2i»2, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

Education 203, 330, 14 1. 146, 117. lis 30 

Psychology 301; Special Education 205 1" 

(•'. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 

The Department also supervises the degree program in Medical 
Technology, requirements of which follow. 

Program fur I)< <jn < 
Bachelor of Scienct in Medical Technology* 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 111. 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271. 271. 27:!; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Hist< iry 25 1 or 252 5 

3. Political Science 113 •", 

4. History 114, 115 10 

•"). Mathematics 101 (or 103 or 104, if placement examination 

allows); 22<> 10 

fl. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 :> 

7. Physics 21 1 I Mathematics i<« is prerequisite); 212; 213 15 

I hemistry 12S-120. 281, 341, :!42. 343, and 380 35 

9. Biology 101-102. Zoology 204, 356, 

Biology 351, 370, and Zoology 372 35 

10. Physical Education 6 

11. Internship in Clinical Medical Technology 45 

12. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 1**1 

Course Offerings 

BIOLOGY 101— Principles of Biology. (4-3-5). Offered each quarter. 
Prerequisite: none. 
The cell; structure and function of flowering plants; genetics. 

BIOLOGY 102— Principles of Biology. (4-3-5). Offered each quarter. 
Prerequisite: Biology 101. 

Structure and function of animals; development; ecology; evolution. 



'mpted by examination with credit awanl» 






BIOLOGY 210 — Micro-organisms and Disease. (3-4-5). Winter. Pre- 
requisites: Chemistry 201 and Zoology 209. 

An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with primary em- 
phasis on bacteria. The morphology, life history, and importance to public 
health of representative bacteria, fungi, viruses, and protozoa are 
considered. Credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in 
biology. 

BIOLOGY 310— Man and the Environment. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Completion of 75 quarter hours credit in college courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between humans and the support 
systems of the earth which are essential to their existence. Credit for this 
course may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 351— Bacteriology. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of 
biological science, Chemistry 128-129. 

A survey of micro-organisms with special emphasis on bacteria and 
their relationships to man. 

BIOLOGY 352— Medical Microbiology. (3-4-5). Prerequisite: Biology 
351 and permission of the instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the disease-causing microbes in terms of 
their diagnosis, pathology, and epidemiology. 

BIOLOGY 354— Morphologic Haematology. (3-4-5). Prerequisites: 
Biology 102 and Chemistry 129. 

Cytology of normal and pathologic human blood and bone narrow with 
emphasis upon antigenic determination in blood banking. 

BIOLOGY 358— Histological Technique. (0-10-5). Winter. Prerequis- 
ites: Biology 101, 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, stain- 
ing, and mounting plant and animal materials for study. 

BIOLOGY 370— Genetics. (3-4-5). Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 
102; Chemistry 128, 129; junior status recommended. 
An introduction to the principles of biological inheritance. 

BIOLOGY 410— Cellular Physiology. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: At least third quarter junior status; two upper division 
courses in biology; and organic chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships between microscopic 
anatomy and cell chemistry, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, and 
growth. 

BIOLOGY 440— Cytoloty. (2-6-5). Summer. Prerequisite: Two senior 
division courses in biology. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, growth, differentiation, 

and reproduction. 



88 



BIOLOGY 450— Evolution. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: major in 
biology (at least 15 qtr. hrs. credit in upper division courses). 
Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIOLOGY 480— General Ecology. (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisites: Two 

upper division courses in biology (botany or zoology). 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their application to the 
welfare of man, co-ordinated with a study of populations and communities 
in the field. 

BIOLOGY 400— Problems in Biology. (1-5 hours credit). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 hours credit in biology com 
numbered 300 or above; a B average in biology courses and in overall 
work; consent of department head; agreement of staff member to 
supervise work. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member of the 
department. Supervised research including literature search, field and/or 
laboratory investigation, and presentation of an acceptable, written 
report of results. Credit will depend upon the work to be done. Both 
credit and proposed work must be approved in advance, in writing, by the 
faculty member to supervise the work and by the department head. 

BOTANY 203— Survey of the Plant Kingdom. (3-4-5). Spring. Pre- 
requisite: Biology 101 and 102. 

Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of the plant kingdom, with 
emphasis upon the evolution of the land flora. 

BOTANY 305— Identification of Flowering Plants. (0-10-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Botany 203. 

Studies in the identification of plants with emphasis on local flora. 

BOTANY 323— Plant Anatomy. (0-10-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Botany 
203. 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems of 
vascular plants, and a comparative study of the structure of roots, stems, 
leaves, flowers, and fruits. 

BOTANY 410— Plant Physiology. (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisites: 
Botany 203 and Organic Chemistry. 

A survey of physiologic processes occurring in plants and the conditions 
which affect these processes. 

BOTANY 425— Plant Morphology. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisite: Botany 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, struc- 
ture, reproduction, and evolutionary relationships. 

ENTOMOLOGY 301— Introductory Entomology. (3-4-5). Summer. 
Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

An introduction to the study of insects — their structure, identification 
and biology. 



89 



ZOOLOGY 204— Survey of the Animal Kingdom. (3-4-5). Winter, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. 

An evolutionary survey of the major animal^ phyla. 

ZOOLOGY 208— Human Anatomy and Physiology I. (3-4-5). Fall. 

A basic course considering the gross anatomy, histology, and physiol- 
ogy of the human organ systems. Intended primarily for majors in 
nursing and dental hygiene; credit for this course may not be applied 
toward a major in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 209— Human Anatomy and Physiology II. (4-3-5). Spring. 
Prerequisites: Zoology 208 and Chemistry 201. 

A continuation of the basic course considering the anatomy and 
physiology of the human. Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology. 

ZOOLOGY 325— Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. (3-4-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, interrelations, and natural 
history of the major invertebrate groups. 

ZOOLOGY 355— Embryology. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Zoology 204 
or equivalent in another biological science. 

An elementary course in embryology in which the chick is used to 
illustrate the basic principles of developmental anatomy. 

ZOOLOGY 356— Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates. (3-6-6). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the organ systems of the 
vertebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 357— Animal Histology. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisite: Zoology 204. 

A study of the tissues and their organization into organs and organ 
systems in animals. 

ZOOLOGY 372— Parasitology. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 
A comparative study of the internal and external parasites of man and 
other animals. 

ZOOLOGY 410— General Vertebrate Physiology. (3-4-5). Fall. Pre- 
requisites: Zoology 204 and Organic Chemistry. 

An introduction to the general physiologic processes of the verteb- 
rates. 

ZOOLOGY 425— Marine Invertebrate Zoology. (2-6-5). Summer. Pre- 
requisite: Zoology 325, or permission of instructor and department head. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic distribution of marine inver- 
tebrates as exemplified by collection from the southeastern coastal 
region. 



90 



ZOOLOGY 429— Endocrinology. (4-4-5). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisites: Zoology 410 and one other senior division course in biology. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their control of metabolism and 
reproductive cycles. 

ZOOLOGY 435— Comparative Physiology. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and Organic Chemistry. 

Studies in various groups of animals of the functions of organ systems 
involved in the maintenance of homeostasis under varying conditions 
within normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of tissues and systems 
under laboratory conditions. 

BOTANY 

(See listing under department of Biology.) 

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Professor Eason, Head; Professors Bhatia, Hall, Richards; Prof. 
Emeritus Davis; Associate Professors LaBurtis, McCarthy and Morgan; 
Assistant Professors Alban, Alexander, Chambless, De Castro, Jan- 
kowski, Jensen and Lamb. 

The Department offers a two-year secretarial Studies degree program 
and two four-year degree programs: The Bachelor of Arts degree with a 
major in economics and the Bachelor of Business Administration degree 
with concentrations in accounting, business education, economics, fi- 
nance, information systems, management and management-marketing. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in economics is appropriate 
for the student who wishes a broad liberal arts program with emphasis on 
understanding the concepts underlying the working of economic systems. 
The program provides a good preparation for anyone who plans to work 
in industry, especially banking, insurance, or investments. It also pro- 
vides excellent preparation for positions in government, or further 
professional education in business, economics, education, or law. This 
program requires proficiency in a foreign language through the 201 level 
or completion of the calculus sequence. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree with a concentration 
in business education is designed to prepare teachers of high school 
business subjects, such as bookeeping and business management, and/or 
secretarial skills, such as typing, shorthand, office machines, and office 
procedur 

The programs leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business Administ- 
ration with a concentration in accounting, economics, finance, information 
systems, management, or management-marketing require, in addition to 
the general college core requirements, a common business core of eleven 
courses, and a major concentration of six courses in the respective major 



i»l 



field. These programs are most appropriate for students who wish a 
broad general education in business and economics and, in addition, a 
significant amount of specialized background in a # single area to enhance 
their prospects for immediate employment in industry or government. 

Students in all programs should be familiar with general degree 
requirements as listed in the "Degree Programs" section of this bulletin, 
and should satisfy the college core requirements during the Freshman 
and Sophomore years. No student will be allowed to take upper division 
courses in his major unless he has a minimum gpa of 2.0 in all prerequisite 
Courses. An average of at least 2.0 in his major concentration courses is a 
requirement for graduation, and college academic regulations, stated 
elsewhere in this bulletin, impose certain additional degree require- 
ments. 

The Department of Business Administration considers the core cur- 
riculum required sequences in English, Mathematics, Economics and 
Accounting as basic to the structure of its degree programs. Therefore, 
no student will be permitted to enroll in a 300 or 400 level Business 
Administration or Economics course without the expressed permission of 
the Head of the Department of Business Administration unless he has 
successfully completed those required sequences appropriate to his 
degree program. 

Program for the Degree 
Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies* 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Mathematics 101 5 

3. Economics 201 and B. A. 207 10 

4. Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252 10 

5. Physical Education 103 and 117, and three of the following: 6 

101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

6. Business Administration 200, 203, 205, 211, 215 23 

7. Secretarial Studies 104**, 105, 106, 111**, 

112, 113, 114, 213, 214 35 

8. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 92-99 



' Certain courses may be exempted by examination without credit awarded. See p. 35. 

Students who have earned high school credit in a one-year course in typewriting and/or Gregg shorthand (or the college 
equivalent— one quarter or one semester) may not take for credit the beginning course in the subject in which this previous 
credit has been earned (Secretarial Studies 104, Secretarial Studies 111). These students hould begin in the typewriting 
and/or shorthand sequence with the intermediate course in the subject. 



92 



Program for Stem/dart/ School Teachers 

of Business Education 

(( 'omprehensive ( 'ertification) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 85 

1. English 111. 112,211, 222 20 

2. History 114, History 115 10 

:',. Economics 201 and B.A. 205 or 207 10 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. Mathematics 101, 195, 220 15 

6. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

7. Psychology 101 :> 

8. Two of the following courses: 10 



Economics 326; History 2.")1 or History 2. 



(required, unless exempted by examination): 
Sociology 201; Music 200; Art 200, 271. 272. 27:; 
Philosophy 201 

B. < 'ourses in Secretarial Skills 37- 11 

retarial Studies 104 (may be exempted), 

105, 106, 111 (may be exempted). 112. 113, 
114. 213, 214. and B.A. 203, 215 

mrses in Business Administration 

B.A. 211. 212 10 

Three of the following: r> 

B.A 307, 340, 360, 375; Economics 327 

D. Physical Education 

Physical education 103 or 108 and 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

Physical Education 101, 102, 1<»4. 105, 

106, 1<)7, 200, 2()2, 203, 205, 206, 207, 
209 

E. Professional sequence 40 

Education 203, 330, 338, 14<i. 147, 44s 30 

ychology 301; Special Education 205 10 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 193-200 

Program for Secondary School Teach* 

of Business Education 
(Bookkeeping uu<l Business Management) 

Quarter Hours 

A . ( General Requirements 

1. English 111. 112. 211. 222 20 

■1. History 114, 115 10 

A. Economics 201 and B.A. 205 or 207 10 

4. Political Science 113 •"> 

."». Mathematics 101, 1<».~>. 220 15 

Laboratory Science Sequence lo 

7. Psychology 101 :> 

Two of the following courses: 10 

Economics 326; History 2.">1 or History 252 
(required, unless exempted by examination): 
Sociology 201; Music 200; Art 200, 271. 27_\ 273; 
Philosophy 201 



Certain courses ma) h.- exempted by examination wjttout credit awarded. 5 






B. ( 'nurses in Secretarial Skills 19-22 

Secretarial Studies 104 (may be exempted), 
105, 106, 213, 214, B.A. 203 

( '. ( 'ourses in Business Administration 40 

1. B.A. 221. 212, 215, 301, 307 25 

2. Three of the following courses: 15 

B.A. 302, 308, 340, 360, 375; 
Economics 327 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

Physical education 101, 102, 104, 105, 

106, 107, 200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 

207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

Education 203, 330, 338, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 190-193 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Economics 

Quarter Hours 
General Requirements* 95 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200, 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Mathematics 101, 103, 220 15 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115 10 

5. Political Science 113 5 

6. One course selected from: 5 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201, 
Anthropology 201, Criminal Justice 100 

7. History 251 or 252 5 

8. Economics 201 and B.A. 205 or 207 10 

9. Foreign Langsage 101, 102, 103 or 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202 15 

Major Concentration 40 

1 . Economics 305, 306, 435 15 

2. Five additional 300-400 level economics courses 25 

Related Areas 30 

1. Foreign Language 201 (if foreign language 
is chosen in A9 above) or Mathematics 203 

(if mathematics is chosen in A9 above) 5 

2. Five 300-400 level courses in history, 
mathematics, computer science, political 
science, psychology, or sociology — with at 
least ten hours and not more than fifteen 

hours in any one area 25 

Electives 20 



Certain courses maj be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 35. 



94 



E. Physical Education <> 

Physical Education 103 or L08 and 117 

Three courses selected fn»m: 3 

Physical Education 101, 102, L04, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Program for th< P> art i 
Bachelor of Business Administration 

Quart* r Hours 

A. Genera] Requirements 80 

1. English 111. 112. 221 and one course selected from 2<t 

Art 200, 271.272. 27:',; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; or English 222 

2. Mathematics 101, L95, 220 15 

• !. Laboratory Science Sequence lo 

4. History 114, 115 10 

5. History 25 1 . or 2.~>2 5 

(i. Economics 201 and B.A. 205 or 207 10 

(or CS IK) for Information Systems) 

7. Political Science 113 5 

8. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

I;. Business I lore Requirements 55 

1. B.A. 211. 212. 215, 307, 320, 340, 360 

2. Economics 305; Economics Hi 1 and .'-527 15 

1 >ne of the following courses: 5 

B.A. 80S (recommended for Accounting 
Concentration); Economics 331, 335, 405 or 431 

('. Approved Electives 20 

To be chosen from the humanities, social 
sciences, natural aciences, mathematics, 
computer science and business and economics, 
(not more than ten quarter hours allowed). 
At least fifteen quarter hours must be in 
courses numbered 200 or above 

I ). Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 117. Physical Education 103 or ids 

Physical Education activities courses 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

V. Concentrations 

TOTAL 191 



Certain (.our 



95 



< loncentrations 

1. Accounting 

B.A. 301, 302— Intermediate Accounting I, II, and four of the following: 
B.A. 32!)— Cost Accounting I 
B.A. 330— Cost Accounting II 
B.A. 436— Income Taxation I 
B.A. 437— Income Taxation II 
B.A. 450 — Auditing Principles 
B.A. 455— Advanced Ancounting 

2. Economics 

Econ. 306 — National Income Analysis 

Econ. 435 — Seminar on Contemporary Economic Problems, and the 

remaining hours selected from the following: 

Econ. 326 — Economic History of the United States 

Econ. 331 — Labor and Industrial Relations 

Econ. 335 — Public Finance 

Econ. 345 — Economic Development 

Econ. 350 — Transportation Economics 

Econ. 405 — Government and Business 

Econ. 431 — Investments 

Econ. 445 — Independent Study 

3. Finance 

B.A. 465 — Business Policy 

B.A. 425 — Managerial Accounting or 

B.A. 301 — Intermediate Accounting I or 

B.A. 329— Cost Accounting I 
Four of the following: 

B.A. 308— Business Law II 

B.A. 404— Real Estate 

B.A. 436 — Income Taxation I 

B.A. 437— Income Taxation II 

Econ. 306 — National Income Analysis 

Econ. 335 — Public Finance 

Econ. 431 — Investments 

4. Information Systems 

Computer Science 231 — Business Language I 

Computer Science 232 — Business Language II 

Computer Science 301 — Computer Organization and Programming 

Computer Science 431 — Control and Organization of Information 

Computer Science 306 — Data and Programming Management or 

( Jomputer Science 432 — Systems Analysis and Design 
Computer Science elective 

5. Management 

B.A. 425 — Managerial Accounting 

B.A. 465 — Business Policy and four of the following: 

B.A. 308— Business Law II 

B.A 301 — Intermediate Accounting I or 
B.A. 321)— Cost Accounting I 

B.A. 344 — Principles of Salesmanship 

B.A. 348 — Advertising 

B.A. 400— Internship 

B.A. 375 — Personnel Administration 

B. \. Ill -Marketing Management 

B.A. 412— Marketing Research 

B.A. 160 — Production Planning and Control 

B.A. 162— Human Relations in Industry 

Econ.331 — Labor and Industrial Relations 

Econ.405 — Government and Business 

Psyc. 320— Industrial Psychology 



96 



(i. Managi mt nt-Marketing 

B.A. 411 — Marketing Management or 

B.A. 412— Markel rch 

B.A. 4<i."> — Business Policy and one or more of tin- following: 

B.A. 344 — Principles of Salesmanship 

B.A. 346 -Retailing 

B.A. 348— Advertising 

B.A. 41 1— Marketing Management 

B.A. 112— Marketing Research 
The rcmainin.ir hours to be selected from the list under MANAGEMENT 
above. 

Cou rse Offi rings 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 200— Survey of Business. (5-0-5). 

Offered each quarter. 

A first course in business for Business Administration majors or an 
elective for non-majors who wish to gain an understanding of the 
functioning of business enterprises in our capitalistic- system. The course 
will provide a basic familiarity with: (a) the economic, social, and political 
environment in which business enterprises operate, and (b) the tools and 
managerial skills used in business decision-making in the various func- 
tional areas such as organization, management, financing, marketing, 
production and personnel. (Not open to upper-division business majors 
who have already taken or are concurrently taking 300-level work.) 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 203— Business Machines. 

Development of skill in the use of adding-listing machines; mechanical 
and electronic calculating machines; dictating-transcribing machines; 
copying and duplication machines; and the proportional-space typewriter; 
course syllabus adapted t<» the individual student's needs. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 205— Data Processing. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered twice a year. 

A study of the basic methods, techniques, and systems of manual, 
mechanical, electrical and electronic data processing systems and an 
analysis of the application of these systems to business and industry with 
emphasis on the manager and the role of management. Included in the 
course of study are the tele-communication terminal systems and the 
languages necessary to communicate with a computing system. 

BTSINKSS ADMINISTRATION 207— Personal Finance. (5-0-5 
fered Price a year. Prerequisite: Eligibility to enter Mathematics 101. 

This course is devoted to family financial matters such as budgeting- 
expenditures, taxes, loans, charge accounts, savings media, life insur- 
ance, investment securities, mutual funds, estate planning, trusts, wills, 
estate and gift taxe>. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 211— Introductory Accounting I. 
(5-0-5). Offered each Quarter. 






An introduction to the fundamental principles and procedures of 
accounting, including a study of the journal, the ledger, working papers, 
accounting statements, controlling accounts, special journals. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 212— Introductory Accounting II. 
(5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Accounting 211. 

An application of accounting principles to certain problems such as 
departmental operations, manufacturing accounts, the analysis of finan- 
cial statements, accounting aids to management, statement of application 
of funds. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 215— Business Communication. 
(5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: English 122. 

The development of an awareness of the problems in communicating in 
business; theory and principles of effective business communication; 
business reports, letters, memorandums, and the instruments of the job 
application process; oral and non-verbal techniques. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 301— Intermediate Accounting I. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Math 195, 220. 

Accounting theory and the solution of problems requiring an application 
of accounting theory. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 302— Intermediate Accounting II. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 301. 

A continuation of Business Administration 301, emphasizing the 
theories of valuation of fixed assets and liability accounts, the application 
of these, and the interpretation of financial statements prepared on the 
basis of these theories. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 307— Business Law I. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered each quarter. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Math 
195, 220. 

Introduction to Legal Rights (sources, nature, types); governmental 
regulation; the law applicable to the following subject areas: Contracts; 
Sales— Article 2 of the Uniform Commerical Code (U.C.C.); Secured 
Transactions— Article 9 of the U.C.C.; Bankruptcy. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 308— Business Law II. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered each quarter. Prerequisite: Business Administration 307. 

The law applicable to the following subject areas: Commercial 
Paper — Articles 3 and 4 of the Uniform Commercial code; Insurance; 
Personal Property, Bailments, Real Property; Agency, Employment, 
Partnerships and Corporations. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 320— Business Finance. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered each quarter. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, 
Mathematics 195, 220. 



98 



The internal and external sources of financing for business enterprises; 
acquisition and management of long-term and shorter-term funds; types 
of securities; equity and debt instruments; problems of financial manage- 
ment. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 329— Cost Accounting I. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Methods of determining and distributing costs in manufacturing, 
including job order and process methods. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 330— Cost Accounting II. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Standard cost procedures; budgeting; distribution costs and special 
cost problems. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 340— Principles of Marketing. (V 
0-5). Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 
201, Mathematics 195. 220. 

Principles and methods involved in the movement of goods and services 
from producers to consumers or ultimate users. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 344— Principles of Salesmanship. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 340. 

A detailed investigation and analysis of the myriad techniques utilized 
in the selling process. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 346— Retailing. (5-0-5). Prerequis- 
ite: Business Administration 340. 

An examination of the fundamentals necessary to establish and to 
manage effectively a successful retail concern. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 348— Advertising. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Business Administration 340. 

Consideration of advertising and its relation to the overall marketing 
function. Includes media planning and selection, creativity and problem 
areas. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 360— Principles of Management. 
(5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 
201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The basic principles of management applicable to all forms of business 
and to all levels of supervision; the functions of planning, organizing, 
directing and controlling as components of the management process. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 375— Personnel Administration. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 
220. 

Personnel administration from the staff as well as the managerial 
approach. Staffing the organization; maximizing employee potential: 
organizational behavior: remuneration and security of employ- 



99 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 400— Internship. (Credit variable, 5 
to 10 hours, but no more than 5 hours may be counted toward the major 
concentration.) Prerequisite: Senior standing with a minimum 2.75 GPA 
in all business and economies courses. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in the area of his major 
concentration in a business, government, or other institutional setting. 
The project will be determined by the sponsor of the activity and the 
student's faculty adviser and will be conducted under their joint supervi- 
sion. Projects are normally completed in a quarter with periodic reports 
and a final performance evaluation submitted by the project sponsor. The 
project will be open to inspection by the faculty adviser for his evaluation 
of the quality of performance. Application and arrangement must be 
made through the department by mid-quarter preceeding the quarter in 
internship. Not open to part-time students who are employed full-time. 
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of the 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 404— Real Estate. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Principles and practices concerned with the economic, financial man- 
agerial and marketing aspects of commercial and industrial real estate 
planning and utilization. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 411— Marketing-Management. (5- 
0-5). Prerequisites: Business Administration 340 and 360. 

Management of marketing organizations, with emphasis on planning, 
organizing and controlling the marketing organization; internal and 
external communications; marketing management decision-making. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 412— Marketing Reasearch. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 340. 

Sampling, survey, experimental and other research techniques for 
determining customer preferences and market potentials. Interpretation 
and presentation of research findings for management decision-making. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 425— Managerial Accounting. (5-0- 
5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 360. 

Emphasizes theory and practice of accounting from the standpoint of 
those who direct business operations and shape business policy. (Not open 
to Accounting majors.) 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 436— Income Taxation I. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Math 195, 220. 

A study of federal income tax law and regulations; the income tax 
returns of individuals, partnerships and corporations. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 437— Income Taxation II. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 436 or Business Administration 
302. 



100 



A continuation of Business Administration 480 with emphasis on 
corporations and fiduciary returns, gift taxes and estate taxes. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 450— Auditing Principles. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 302. 

The principles of audits and financial verification, standards of field 
work, preparation of audit working papers, writing audit reports, audition 
ethics. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 455— Advanced Accounting. (5-0- 
5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 302. 

Selected problems in accounting. Analysis and evaluation of methods 
used for organizing and solving special accounting problems. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 460— Production Management. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 360. 

The principles of production management are developed through study 
of plant layout, inventory control, materials handling, production 
scheduling, quality control and associated topics. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 462— Human Relations in Organiza- 
tions. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 360. 

A study of the process of integrating people into the work situation so 
that they are motivated to work together harmoniously, productively and 
with economic, psychological and social satisfaction. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 463— Small Business Management. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: B.A. .'520, :54o, 360, and Senior standing. 

Study of the operation and problems of small business in manufactur- 
ing, marketing, and service sectors. Individual investigations of a small 
business will be required of each student. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 465— Business Policy. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisites: Business Administration 320, 340, 360 and senior status. 

Problem solving and decision making by top management. An integrat- 
ing course, taught by the rase method. Should be taken in the student's 
final quarter. 

Course Offerings 

ECONOMICS 

ECONOMICS 2<)1— Principles of Economics I. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: At minimum, eligibility to enter Mathematics KM. 
Micro and Macro economic principle 

ECONOMICS 305— Managerial Economics. (5-0-5). offered twice a 

year. Prerequisites: Accounting 2\2, Economics 201, Mathematics 10.",, 
220. 

Microeconomic applications to decision-making and policy formulation 
in the business firm. Production costs, pricing and market structui 



101 



ECONOMICS 306— National Income Analysis. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: 
Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Income and employment analysis; money and- interest; monetary and 
fiscal policy; inflation and unemployment. 

ECONOMICS 311— Quantitative Methods. (5-0-5). Offered twice a 
year. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 
220. 

Applications and limitations of mathematical techniques to business 
and economic problems. Decision making under uncertainty. Inventory 
control. Linear, integer, and dynamic programming. 

ECONOMICS 312 — Econometrics. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Accounting 
212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Applications and limitations of statistical techniques to business and 
economic problems. Limitations of ordinary least squares. Data prob- 
lems. Index mumbers. Sampling techniques. 

ECONOMICS 326— Economic History of the United States. (5-0-5). 

The growth and development of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis on the 
period since 1860, and including developments in agriculture, industry, 
labor, transportation, and finance. 

ECONOMICS 327— Money and Banking. (5-0-5). pgfttiilsriMBiijuir. 
Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Monetary theory, banking theory and practice, central bank controls, 
other financial institutions, credit flows, monetary policies to achieve 
desired economic efforts. 

ECONOMICS 331— Labor and Industrial Relations. (5-0-5). Prerequis- 
ites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The development and structure of the labor movement in the United 
States; the principles of wage determination; collective bargaining; and 
public policy toward labor unions. 

ECONOMICS 335— Public Finance. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Accounting 
212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The economic effects of governmental taxation, expenditures and 
public debt management. The principal sources of revenue and types of 
expenditures at the federal, state and local levels. The proper scope of 
government and issues of fairness in taxation. 

ECONOMICS 345— Economic Development. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: 
Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The nature and cause of economic stagnation in developing nations of 
the world, urgent need for their economic development, theory of 
economic growth, ways of fostering development, and balanced growth 
and industrialization. 



102 



ECONOMICS 350— Transportation Economics. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: 
Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics L95, 220. 

Domestic transportation and its economic impact; national transporta- 
tion policy and regulatory agencies; principles of rate-making and compu- 
tation; the U.S. transportation system, its problems and the future. 

ECONOMICS 405 — Government and Business. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: 
Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The effects of public policies upon business and industry with emphasis 
on anti-trust, taxation, regulatory and defense policies. 

ECONOMICS 431 — Investments. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Accounting 
212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The investment risks in different investment media; selection of 
appropriate media in accordance with individual or institutional goals and 
risk-bearing capacity. Types of investments and securities. 

ECONOMICS 435 — Seminar on Contemporary Economic Problems. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, two 300-level 
Economics courses, Mathematics 195, 220. 

General problems of production, employment, and income, with special 
reference to the specific problems faced by the American economic 
system. 

ECONOMICS 445— Independent Study. (5-0-5). Not open to transient 
students except with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong 
and of the college from which the student comes. 

Mature students of economics may be permitted to undertake special 
independent studies in one or more aspects of economics, under the 
supervision and guidance of a member of the faculty. Normally, the 
subject matter covered will parallel a bulletin-described course which is 
only infrequently offered. The student will meet frequently with his 
advisor and will be expected to submit reports in depth on his studies. 
Approval of the advisor and the Department Head will be necessary for 
admittance to this course. 

Co/use Offerings 
SECRETARIAL STUDIES 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 104— Beginning Typewriting. (3-2-.U 
Fall 

Development of basic skill; introduction to typewritten letters, tabula- 
tions and manuscripts (includes term papers and book reports). Students 
who h<w<' earned high school credit in a one-year course in typewriting 
(or the college equivalent-one </n<irt< r or om s< rru stt r) may not take this 
course for credit. Thes\ students should either audit the course or !>• 
tin typewriting s<<in<,n-< with Intermediate Typewriting, Secretarial 
Studies io.:. 



103 



SECRETARIAL STUDIKS 1 05— Intermediate Typewriting. (3-2-3). 
Fall, Winter. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; tabulations, business forms, letters, 
memorandums, and manuscripts; emphasis on production rate. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 106— Advanced Typewriting. (3-2-8). 
Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. 

Major emphasis on production rate; tabulations, letters and 
manuscripts; varied business forms and other information media. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 111— Beginning Gregg Shorthand. 
(5-0-4). Fall. Prerequisite or corequisite: Secretarial Studies 104 or 
equivalent. 

Complete theory; reading, dictation and transcription from studied 
material to (50 words a minute. Students who have earned high school 
credit in a one-year course in Gregg Shorthand (or the college 
equivalent-one quarter or one semester) may not take this course for 
credit. These students should either audit the course or begin the 
shorthand sequence with Intermediate Gregg Shorthand, Secretarial 
Studies 112. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 112— Intermediate Gregg Shorthand. 
(5-0-4). Winter. Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 111 or equivalent and 
Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; mailable copy; reading; dictation and 
transcription from studied and new 7 material to 90 words a minute. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 113— Advanced Gregg Shorthand. 
(5-0-5). Spring. Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 112 or equivalent and 
Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; reading; mailable copy; dictation and 
transcription from studied and new material to 120 words a minute. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 114— Advanced Dictation and 
Transcription. (5-0-4). Summer. Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 113 or 
equivalent and Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Reading mailable copy; office-style dictation: refinement of techniques. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 213— Office Procedures. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. 

Development of an understanding of administative services common to 
business: work flow; interpersonal relationships; office systems. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 214— Records Systems and Management. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 104. 

Records systems and records management used in the contemporary 
business office. 



104 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 

Professor Henry E. Harris, Head; Professors Brewer, Robbins, and 
Stratton; Associate Professor Whiten; Instructors Jay nes, Pestel; Teach- 
ing Associate Goette. 

The department offers one degree program, the Bachelor of Science 
with a major in chemistry, designed to give depth in the fields of 
chemistry, yet flexible enough to accommodate a range of career goals. 
The department also participates in the Dual Degree Program of 
Armstrong State College and the Georgia Institute of Technology under 
which students may earn simultaneously the B.S. degree in chemistry 
from Armstrong and the bachelor's degree form Georgia Tech in a related 
field, such as chemical engineering. Students interested in learning more 
about the chemistry degree program or any course offered by the 
department should contact the department head. Any student who plans 
to pursue ;i degree in chemistry should contact the department head as 
early as possible for advisement and academic planning. 

Program for tht I). • 
Bach* lor ofScii m< with <> Major in Chemistry 

Quarti r Hours 
A. Genera] Education Course requirements 01 

1 . English 111.112.211 15 

2. ( me of the following: ■"> 

Art 2IM). 271. 272. 27:!. English 222 

Music 200, Philosophy 2<ii 

::. Mathematics 101, 103 10 

1. History 114, 115 10 

."). History 25 1 . or 252 5 

i'. Political Science 113 •"> 

7. ( me of the following courses: •"> 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 

Sociology 201. Economics 201, 

Criminal Justice 100 
Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117. and 
three activities courses 6 

i'». Chemistry Course Requirements 60 

1. Chemistry 12s. 129, 281, 341, ::12. 343, 

191, 102. !!•:; 17 

2. Approved electives from: 13 

Chemistry 421. 111. 148, 10 1. 102. 
180, 198, too 

('. Related Fit-Id Requirements 30 

1. Physics 211. 212. 213, or 

Physics 217. 218, 210 15 

2. Mathematics KM :> 

Approved electives 10 

D. Approved General Electives l<> 

Electives chosen to meet specific educational goals 

K. Regents and Exit Examinations 

total ioi 



courses may be exempted bj examination with credit award 



10.-) 



Program for Secondary School Teachers 
of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

Quarter Hours 

A. Genera] Requirements* 60 

1 . English 111, 112, 211 one of the following: 20 

'Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, 

2. History 114, 115 10 

3. History 251, or 252 ' 5 

I. Psychology 101 5 

5. Political Science 1 13 5 

(i. Mathematics 101. 108, 104 15 

B. ( lourses in Major Field 60 

1. Chemistry 128, 120, 281, 380, 341, 342, 

843, 491, 492, 403 47 

2. Approved 300-400 level chemistry electives 13 

( \ Related field Requirements 30 

1. Biology 101, 102 10 

2. Physics 211, 212, 213, or 

Physics 217, 218, 219 15 

8. Approved electives 5 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 3 

Physical Education activities courses 8 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

1. Education 203, 330, 444, 446, 447, 448 30 

2. Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Course Offerings 

CHEMISTRY 128-129— General Chemistry (4-3-5 for each course). 
Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently. Offered each quarter. 

These courses are the first two of the series 128, 129, 281 required to 
complete an academic year of General Chemistry. A study of the 
fundamental principles and laws of chemistry with a quantitative ap- 
proach to the subject. These courses are designed for the science, 
pre-medical and engineering student. The laboratory work includes an 
understanding of fundamental techniques. 

CHKMISTRY 201— Essentials of General Chemistry. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and biochemistry with emphasis 
on applications in human physiology and clinical chemistry. Experimental 
principles will be illustrated with classroom demonstrations. 

CHEMISTRY 281— Qualitative Analysis. (3-6-5). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 129. Fall and Spring. 



Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 35. 



KM 



This course is the third of the series 128, 129, 2<si required to complete 
an academic year of General Chemistry. Study of ionic equilibria and 
separation methods. Homogeneous solutions involving dissociation, hyd- 
rolysis and buffer action, and heterogeneous systems showing the influ- 
ence of pH and complexation on solubility are illustrated. Various 
chemical and chromatographic techniques are used as a basis for qualita- 
tive analysis. 

CHEMISTRY 301— The Chemistry of Life. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Ten 
quarter hours of a laboratory science completed, offered on demand. 

An introductory course covering selected areas of applied bio- 
chemistry. This course is not recommended for chemistry, biology, or 
premedical students. 

CHEMISTRY 341-342— Organic Chemistry. (4-3-5 for each course). 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall Winter. 

These courses include the study of aliphatics, aromatic hydrocarbons 
and their derivatives, polyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hyd- 
rocarbons. Organic reactions are emphasized in terms of modern theory. 

CHEMISTRY 343— Organic Chemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemis- 
try 342. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry sequence 341, 342. This course 
completes the fundamental study of organic chemistry with a considera- 
tion of carbohydrates, amino acids, and heterocyclics with their related 
compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 350— Chemical Literature. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 342. Offered on demand. 

A study of the use of the chemical library and the important journals, 
references, and information sources. 

CHEMISTRY 380— Quantitative Instrumental Analysis. (2-9-5). Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry 281. Winter, Summer. 

A study of the principles of gravimetric, volumetric, spectrophotomet- 
er, and electrometric methods of analysis. The laboratory will provide 
practice in techniques and application of these principles. 

CHEMISTRY 397— Scientific Glass-blowing. (0-4-2). Prerequisite: 
Permission of the Instructor. Offered on demand. 

Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; introduction of glass 
working equipment; planning of sequential joining operations; demonst- 
ration of major techniques for joining and working glass; supervision of 
individual students in preparing test-pieces. 

CHEMISTRY 421— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (3-3-4). Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending to increase students' 
understanding of mechanisms of chemical reactions. Emphasizes the 
periodicity of elements. 



107 



CHEMISTRY 431-432— Seminar. (3-0-3 for each course). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 343. Offered on demand. 
Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHKMISTRY 441— Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3-0-3). Prerequis- 
ite: Chemistry 343. Fall. 

A further study of important organic reactions emphasizing theories of 
reaction mechanisms of organic chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 448— Organic Qualitative Analysis. (2-9-5). Prerequis- 
ite: Chemistry 343. Offered on demand. 

Systematic approach to the identification of organic compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 451— History of Chemistry. (5-0-5). Spring, odd years. 
Prerequisite: Junior standing and Chemistry 129. 

The development of science surveyed from antiquity to the present. 
Emphasis is placed on the. development of ideas, men who made signific- 
ant contributions, evolution of chemical theories, and the modern social 
implications of science. 

CHEMISTRY 461— Biochemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemistry 
343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular constituents and cellular 
metabolism. Subject topics include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, en- 
zymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic carbohydrate metabolism, 
lipid metabolism, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative posphorylation, 
and photosynthesis. 

CHEMISTRY 462— Biochemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemistry 
461. Offered on demand. 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and nitrogen-containing com- 
pounds, the biosynthesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic regula- 
tion, and selected topics. 

CHEMISTRY 463— Clinical Chemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemis- 
try 343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the principles of chemistry applied in the clinical laboratory. 
Topic subjects to include instrumentation and micro-techniques. 

CHEMISTRY 480— Advanced Instrumental Analysis. (2-9-5). Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry 380, 342. Offered on demand. 

Includes study of principles involved in the operation and the 
laboratory use of special instruments for analysis. 

CHKMISTRY 491-492-493— Physical Chemistry. (3-3-4 for each 
course). Prerequisite: Chemistry 380. Physics 213, Mathematics 104. Fall 
Winter, Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry including the study of 
solids, liquids, gases, thermochemistry, thermodynamics and solutions. 



108 



These courses will also cover a study of chemical equilibria, chemical 
kinetics, electrochemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics and nuclear 
chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 497-498-499— Independent Study. (1-5 hours credit each 
course). Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the Department. Offered 
each quarter. 

Designed to permit qualified students to pursue supervised individual 
research or study. Emphasis will be placed on the literature search, 
laboratory experimentation, and presentation of an acceptable written 
report. Both the credit and proposed work must be approved in writing 
by the faculty member who will supervise the work and by the depart- 
ment head. Open to transient students only with the permission of the 
Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and of the college from which the 
student comes. 

Course Offerings 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 121— Physical Environment. (4-3-5). Pre- 
requisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and concepts of physics 
and astronomy. This course is designed for non-science majors interested 

in a descriptive survey. The laboratory study is designed to supplement 
the study of theory. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 122— Physical Environment. (4-3-5). Pre- 
requisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry 
and geology. This is a descriptive course which includes the classification 
of elements, basic chemical reactions, and atomic structure designed for 
the non-science major. The laboratory study includes experiences which 
augment class discussion. 

ASTRONOMY 301— Introduction to Astronomy. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. Offered on demand. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar structure, and cosmol- 
ogy. 

GEOLOGY 301— Principles of Geology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Ten 
quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to physical and historical geology. A study of the 
origin, evolution, and structure of the earth's crust, and geologic history. 

METEOROLOGY 301— Principles of Meteorology. (5-0-5). Prerequis- 
ites: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. Offered <>n 
demand. 

An introduction to the description of the state of the atmosphere and to 
the physical laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 



109 



OCEANOGRAPHY 301— Principles of Oceanography. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. Offered 
on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanography. Topic subjects to 
include the distribution of water over the earth, nature and relief of the 
ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical properties of sea water and 
constituents, and applications of oceanographic research. 

Course Offerings 

PHYSICS 

PHYSICS 211— Mechanics. (4-2-5). Prerequisite: Mathematics 103. 
Fall. 

The first part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213 in general physics. 
Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound, and heat. Designed 
for students wtih aptitude in mathematics below the level of calculus, 
Selected experiments to demonstrate applications. 

PHYSICS 212— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light. (4-2-5). Prereq- 
uisite: Mathematics 103 and Physics 211. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Basic electricity, 
magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 213— Light Phenomena, Modern Physics. (4-2-5). Prerequi- 
site: Mathematics 103 and Physics 212. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Continues the study 
of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes with the 
study of atomic and nuclear pfrysics. Laboratory work includes two 
selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHYSICS 217— Mechanics. (5-3-6). Prerequisite: Mathematics 104, or 
concurrently. Fall. 

The first part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219 in general physics. 
Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound and heat. Designed 
especially for engineering students and recommended for science majors. 
Selected experiments to demonstrate applications. 

PHYSICS 218— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light. (5-3-6). Prereq- 
uisite: Mathematics 104 and Physics 217. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Basic electricity, 
magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 219— Light Phenomena, Modern Physics. (5-3-6). Prerequi- 
site: Mathematics 104 and Physics 218. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Continues the study 
of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes w T ith the 
study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work includes two 
selected experiments of advanced scope. 



110 



PHYSICS 380— Introductory Quantum Mechanics. (5-0-5). Prerequi- 
site: Physics 213 or Physics 21!) and Mathematics 210. Offered on 
demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical principles with applications in 
atomic and molecular structure. 

PHYSICS 117— Mechanics. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Physics 217 or 211 
and Mathematics 201. Physics 218 or 212 and Mathematics 341 are 
recommended. Offered on demand. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles and of systems of 
particles are developed using Newtonian principles. 

( X )MPAR ATI VK LITE RATURE 

(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(See listing under Department of Mathematics and Computer Science.) 

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Associate Professor William L. Megathlin, Head: Associate Prof 

Magnus; Assistant Professor Eissler. 

Two programs of study are available to the student who wishes to 
study in the criminal justice area — a two year program leading to the 
degree of Associate in Science in Criminal Justice with a concentration in 
corrections or in law enforcement and a four-year program leading to the 
degree of Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice. Each student should 
work closely with assigned departmental advisor in planning a program 
for either of the two degrees. 

Program for the D< <ir, > 
wciate in - ( 'riminal Justin 

with a Concentration hi Law Enforcement 

Quarti r Hours 

A. < General Requirements* ">•"> 

1. English 111, 112 K» 

2. Art 200, 271, 272. 27:5. Music 200, or Philosphy 201 •"> 

Mathematics 101 •") 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence lo 

History 2.">1 or 2.~>2 and Political Science 113 10 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10 

7. Physical Education :'> 

B. Area <>f Concentration 40 

Criminal Justice 100, 103, 104, 
201. 202. 203, 210. 301. 

('. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 



ident in either associate degree program may exempt certain <<>ur>es with credit awarded. & 



111 



Program for the Degree 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 
with a Concentration in Corrections 

Quarter Horns 

A. General Requirements* 53 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Art 200. 271 272. 278. Music 200, or Philosphy 201 5 

:;. Mathematics 101 5 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. History 251 or 252 and Political Science 113 10 

(5. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10 

7. Physical Education 3 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

CriminalJustice 100, 102, 103, 201, 
210, 801, 804, 800 

(\ Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 

At least 45 hours of each of these two program must be completed at Armstrong 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science i)i Criminal Justice 

Students who intend to major in Criminal Justice should complete Criminal Justice 100 
before the end of the freshman year and should complete all general education requirements 
as soon as possible. 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 66 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, 

Philosphy 201, or English 222 5 

3. Mathematics 101 and 103, 195, 220 or 290 10 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. Political Science 113 and History 114 and 115 , 15 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201, Economics 201, 

or Anthropology 201 5 

7. Physical Education 6 

B. ( lourses Appropriate to Area of Concentration* 30 

1. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

2. History 251 or 252 5 

3. Criminal Justice 100, 103, 201, 210 20 

( '. Area of ( loncentration 30 

CriminalJustice 300, 301, 308. 805. 408. 490 

1). Electives from Related Areas 65 

Sixty-five hours chosen from a list of selected electives. 
No more than fifteen hours may be taken from any one 
department except CriminalJustice. Seven of these 

courses should be 300-400 level courses. 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



A student in either degree program may exempt en-tain courses with credit awarded. Si 



112 



Course Offerings 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 100— Introduction to Criminal Justice. (5-0-5). 
Offered each quarter. 

This survey course examines the emergence of formal institutions 
established within the American experience to deal with criminal be- 
havior. The philosophical and cultural origins of the criminal justice 
system and current trends in criminal justice are emphasized. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 102— Introduction to Corrections. (5-0-5). Fall. 
This course provides an overview of the American correctional system. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 103— Developing Interpersonal Communica- 
tions Skills. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The emphasis of this course will be placed upon the development of 
interpersonal communication skills, i.e., skills that can be effectively 
utilized on the job to improve interaction among employees and between 
employees and the public. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 104— Basic Law Enforcement. (5-0-5). Fall. 

This course will include a study of the police system in the United 
States, an overview of the basic purposes and objectives of the average 
police department, and an introduction to police ethics and professionali- 
zation. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 201— Criminal Procedure. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the basis for, American 
Criminal Law buttressed by an analysis of leading court decisions relative 
to procedural rights emanating from the Bill of Rights. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 202— Law of Evidence. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evidence in criminal cases. 
Particular subjects will include burden of proof, hearsay evidence, and 
the principles of exclusion and selection. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 203— Criminal Law. (5-0-5). Winter. 
History and development of criminal law with definitions and general 
penalties. Special emphasis will be placed upon the Georgia Penal Code. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 204— Criminal Investigation. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. 

Introduction to investigative methodology. Special techniques em- 
ployed in criminal investigation, such as crime scene searches, the use of 
informants, and the techniques of surveillance will be emphasized, as well 
as the presentation of police cases in court. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 210— Criminology. (5-0-5). Fall. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United States; assessment and 
evaluation of various factors and influences that lead to criminal behavior; 
various measures proposed for the control of criminal behavior. 



113 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 250— Directed Readings in Criminal Justice. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

A course designed to permit each student to pursue an approved topic 
through independent study and research under the guidance and direc- 
tion of the instructor. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 300— Research Methods in Criminal Justice. 
(5-0-5). Winter. 

This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in the 
behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to evaluate 
research. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 301— Juvenile Delinquency. (5-0-5). Fall. Pre- 
requisite: Criminal Justice 100 or consent of instructor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency, the sociological, biologi- 
cal, and psychological factors involved in juvenile delinquency and the 
modern trends in prevention and treatment. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 302— Criminalistics. (5-0-5). Summer. Prereq- 
uisite: a natural science laboratory sequence or consent of instructor. 

An introduction to the problems and techniques of scientific criminal 
investigation. Emphasis will be placed on familiarizing the student with 
the role of science and technology in modern law enforcement. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 303— Penology. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: 
Criminal Justice 100, 102 or consent or instructor. 

This course deals with the analysis and evaluation of both historical and 
contemporary correctional systems. This course will also deal with the 
development, organization, operation and results of the different systems 
of corrections found in America. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 304— Probation and Parole. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303, or consent of instructor. 

This course will deal with the development, organization, operation and 
results of systems of probation and parole as substitutes for incarcera- 
tion. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 305— Law Enforcement Systems. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100, 104 or consent of instructor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural and historical background 
of the police idea. This course is conceptually oriented and will deal with 
concepts such as the role of the police in contemporary society, the 
quasi-military organization of the police, and community relations. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 306— Correctional Counseling. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303 or consent of instructor. 

This course deals with the nature and function of counseling in a 
correctional setting. The different theoretical approaches and techniques 
of counseling as they can be applied in a correctional setting will be 
investigated. 



114 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 307— Community Based Treatment. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303 or consent of 
instructor. 

This course will investigate the different community base treatment 
programs. An emphasis will be place on investigating the function of 
halfway houses and the use of volunteers in corrections. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 308— Criminal Justice Planning. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 300 or consent of 
instructor. 

Origins and evolution of modern day planning. Planning as a process of 
criminal justice decision-making. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 402— Civil Liberties. (5-0-5). Offered on de- 
mand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Political Science 317. 

Problems will be drawn from the substantive and procedural aspects of 
constitutional law and explored in the context of the current friction 
between the values of order and individual liberty. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 403— Judicial Process. (5-0-5). Spring. Prereq- 
uisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Political Science 317. 

Courts as political subsystems in comparative perspective. Judicial 
decision-making and the development of public policy through the judicial 
proce 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 404— Correctional Treatment. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303 or consent of instructor. 

This course involves an evaluation of specific programs and experi- 
ments in institutional treatment. An emphasis will be placed on the 
institutional adjustment, the preparation for institutional release and 
post-release facilities. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 405— Group Methods in Corrections. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 306 or consent of 
instructor. 

This course will investigate the group dynamics and the group 
processes as they can be applied to a correctional setting. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 406— Law and Society. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 403 or the consent of instructor. 

The study of the theory and philosophy of law and the relationship 
between law and society. ( Jurrent controversies such as civil disobedience 
and law and personal morality will receive special attention. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 407— Legal Aspects of Corrections. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201, 303 or consent of 
instructor. 

The course deals with the legal problems from convictions to rel< 
Legal problems will be investigated in the following areas: pre-sentence 
investigation, sentencing, probation, parole, incarceration, and loss and 
restoration of civil liberties. 



115 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 408— Human Relations. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course will deal in the area of human relations as a means of 
controlling and changing people. Emphasis will be placed on effective 
listening and effective communication. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 440— Seminar in Criminal Justice. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open to seniors only or by consent of 
the instructor. 

An intensive study of selected topics relative to the concept of criminal 
justice. Subject matter will vary annually. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 450— Field Experience I. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior criminal justice majors 
only and by invitation of the instructor. 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the educational experience of 
students through appropriate observation and work assignments with 
criminal justice agencies. This course will be organized around specific 
problem orientations with operational research connotations. Students 
will be expected to spend a minimum of five hours per week with the 
participating agency. Open to transient students only with permission of 
the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong State College and of the college from 
which the student comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 451— Field Experience II. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior criminal justice majors 
only and by invitation of the instructor. 

This is a sequential course to Criminal Justice 450 which will permit the 
student to further broaden his perspectives. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong State College 
and of the college from which the student comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 452-453-454— Internship. (5 hours credit for 
each course.) Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open only to upper 
level criminal justice majors. 

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to 
apply academic training in the practical criminal justice setting. Settings 
will include law enforcement agencies (state or federal), community 
treatment facilities, and the courts. This course will be jointly supervised 
by college staff and law enforcement, correctional and court officials. 
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of the 
Faculty at Armstrong State College and of the college from which the 
student comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 490— Directed Research in Criminal Justice. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 300. 

A course designed to provide qualified students the oportunity to 
perform suitable and meaningful research into some area of criminal 
justice under the direction of the instructor. Open to transient students 



116 



only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong State 
College and of the college from which the student comes. 

DEPARTMKNT OF DENTAL HYGIENE 

Assistant Professor .James M. Bell, Head; Instructors Coursey, 
Tanenbaum, and Thomson; Teaching Associate Olsen. 

Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 

A passing grade in all related natural science courses is a prerequisite 

to the 200 level Dental Hygiene courses; therefore, Chemistry 201, 
Zoology 208-209, and Biology 210 must be satisfactorily completed before 
the student will be admitted into second-year status in the Dental 
Hygiene Program. 

The student must earn a "C" or better in each Dental Hygiene course 
before he or she will be allowed to register for subsequent dental hygiene 
courses; therefore, the grade of "C" or better in the previous course(s) is 
a prerequisite for each dental hygiene course for which the student 
registers after the first quarter of the freshman year. An overall GPA of 
2.0 is required for graduation from the program. 

Program for tin Degn < 

Associate in Science in Dental Hygii ni 

Quarter Hours 

A. Genera] Requirements 35 

1. English ill. Hi' 10 

Psychology 101 :> 

Sociology 201 5 

4. Physical Education 211 2 

."). Physical Education activity course 1 

6. Drama/Speech 217 2 

7. History 251, or 252 :» 

8. Political Science 113 •"> 

B. Courses in Major Field 59 

Dmtal Hygiene 111. 112. 113, 114, L15, L16 
lis. Hi). 120. 121. 210. 211. 212. 21:',. 214. 
215, 210. 217. 218, 210, 220 

('. Courses in Related Fields 2o 

1. Chemistry 201 :» 

2. Zoology 2os. 209 10 

Biology 210 :, 

I). Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 114 



in courses may be exempted by examination with credit award 



117 



Course Offerings 

DENTAL HYGIENE 111— Clinical Dental Hygiene I. (2-3-3). Fall 
Quarter. 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the dental hygiene 
profession. The subject matter includes fundamental knowledge of clini- 
cal procedures and techniques of removing stains and deposits from the 
teeth. Clinical procedures are introduced first on manikins and then 
applied in the mouth. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 112-113— Clinical Dental Hygiene II and III. 
(1-6-3) (1-6-3). Winter and Spring Quarters respectively. Prerequisite: 
Dental Hygiene 111. 

Students continue with oral prophylactic techniques on patients in the 
clinic under supervision. The subject matter includes advanced proce- 
dures which the hygienist will use in the performance of duties. The 
student must apply acquired knowledge in all clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 114— Dental Anatomy. (2-0-2). Fall Quarter. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student with 
the nomenclature, morphology, and eruption sequence of the primary and 
secondary dentition. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 115— Oral Histology and Embryology. (2-0-2). 
Winter Quarter. 

This course includes primarily the study of oral histology and embryol- 
ogy and is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student with the 
histology of the oral cavity and with the growth and development of the 
embryo with emphasis on the oral stuctures. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 116— Head and Neck Anatomy. (2-0-2). Spring 
Quarter. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student with 
gross anatomical relationships in the head and neck. Special attention is 
given to the anatomy of the oral cavity and its clinical application. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 118— Periodontics. (2-0-2). Summer Quarter. 

This course is designed to give the student a basic understanding of 
periodontics. Emphasis will be placed on the significance of patient 
education and dental prophylaxis in the prevention of periodontal disease. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 119— Dental Materials. (2-3-3). Summer Quar- 
ter. 

This course is designed to provide a general understanding of the 
chemical, physical and mechanical properties of dental materials. The 
indications and limitations of materials will be stressed as well as proper 
manipulation of those materials used by dental hygienists. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 120— Dental Roentgenology. (2-3-3). Summer 
Quarter. 

This course will include a series of lectures, demonstrations, and 
directed experience in the fundamentals of dental roentgenology. Intra- 
oral techniques for the taking and processing of radiographs are taught 
118 



and laboratory time will be devoted to demonstration and directed 
experience. Clinical time in subsequent quarters will afford the applica- 
tion of the principles to clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 121 — Applied Nutrition. (2-0-2). Spring Quar- 
ter. 

This course presents the biochemical aspects of nutrition as applied to 
the practice of dentistry. Students are instructed in diet, history taking, 
and dietetic counseling. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 210— General and Oral Pathology. (3-0-3). Fall 
Quarter. 

This course is designed to familiarize dental hygiene students with the 
principles of general pathology in relation to the common diseases of oral 
regions. Emphasis will be placed on clinical manifestations and the 
importance of early recognition of abnormal conditions. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 21 1-212-218— Clinical Dental Hygiene IV, V, 
VI. (1-12-5) (1-12-5) (1-12-5). Fall, Winter and Spring Quarters respec- 
tively. Prerequisites: Dental Hygiene 111, 112, 118. 

These courses are a continuation of the preceding clinical courses. 
Emphasis centers on improved proficiency in all areas of a working clinic. 
Lecture time is devoted mainly to the discussion of experiences encoun- 
tered in clinical situations. Pertinent material related to the dental 
hygiene profession is included in these cours* 

DENTAL HYGIENE 214— Anesthesiology and Pharmacology. (3-0- 
3). Winter. 

This course is a study of drugs and anesthetics with special considera- 
tion given to those used in dentistry. It is designed to acquaint the 
student with the principles of drug action in the human patient. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 21.-)— Preventive Dentistry. (2-0-2). Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases are presented. Emphasis 
is placed on training the student in the utilization of oral physiotherapy 
aids and on education and motivation of patients in proper oral hygiene, 
clinical time is subsequent quarters will afford the application of thi 
principles to clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 21(5— Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene. (1-0-1). 
Winter. 

This course is designed as a seminar to acquaint students with the 
ethical responsibilities of the dental hygienist, the jurisprudence govern- 
ing the practice of dental hygiene, and the structure and function of the 
American Dental Association, the Georgia Dental Association, and the 
American Dental Hygieni ciation. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 217— Dental Health Education and Public 
Health. (3-0-3). Winter. 
This course includes demonstrations and practical applicatioi 

modern methods of dental health education. Developing teaching tnate- 



119 



rials for dental health education and the presentation of materials are 
included. 

This course also introduces the student to the, various aspects of public 
health with reference to the needs of the community. Information 
concerning opportunities for participation in public health dentistry by 
the dental hygienist is included. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 218— Dental Assisting. (2-0-2). Winter. 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the contributions 
to the provision of dental services by dental auxiliary personnel. The 
principles of assistant utilization are presented and application of these 
principles is made during clinical experience. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 219— Total Patient Care. (2-0-2). Winter. 

This course is a series of lectures to acquaint the student with the 
subject matter and practice of the various dental specialties in relation to 
the patient's total health. Emphasis is placed on periodontics, its treat- 
ment and the role of the dental hygienist in maintenance of oral health. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 220— Directed Field Experience. (0-9-3). 
Spring. 

Students will receive directed field experience in public health dentis- 
try and for the handicapped. They will also experience planned learning 
experiences in private dental offices. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

This degree is comprised of preparatory courses which will enable the 
students to become instructors of Dental Hygiene. The students will 
work with the dental hygiene faculty and be directly under their 
supervision. However, their professional level will be above the student 
dental hygienists (Associate of Science degree students). 

Requirements include attendance at selected freshman and sophomore 
lecture classes and clinics. The number and times of attendance will be 
left to the discretion of the Head of the Department. Lecture subjects; 
reading assignments; grading procedures; and laboratory design; as well 
as instruction technique; attitude and interaction between students, 
faculty, and patients will be graded by all faculty members, with the final 
grades being determined by the Department Head. 

In addition to courses listed for the Associate in Science in Dental 
Hygiene Degree, the following courses must be completed. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 33 

1. English 21] 5 

2. Philosophy 201 5 

3. Mathematics 101, 220 10 

4. History 114, 115 10 

.">. Physical Education electives 3 



120 



B. Courses in the Major Field 2<> 

1. Dental Hygiene 401, 402, 403, 404 

C. Courses in Related Fields 2d 

1. Education 203, 330 10 

2. Psychology 301 "» 

3. Special Education 230 ."» 

D. Elective* 25 

D. Regents** and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 

Course Offerings 

DENTAL HYGIENE 401— Practieum in Dental Hygiene Education I. 

(1-8-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Senior Status and work experience 

An introductory field experience in the college dental hygiene clinic, 
with emphasis on observation, individual and small goup teaching, and 
teacher aide work. The first professional course for majors in Dental 
Hygiene Education. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 402— Practieum in Dental Hygiene Education 

II. (1-8-5). Winter. Prerequisite: DH 401. 

A continuation of Dental Hygiene 401. Problems common to beginning 
dental hygiene teachers, practices and procedures designed to accomplish 
program objectives, the establishment and organization of content, 
methods of clinical evaluation and supervision in the dental hygiene clinic. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 403— Practieum in Dental Hygiene Education 

III. (1-8-5). Spring. Prerequisite: DH 402. 

An advanced field experience, designed to assist the student in the 
development of learning activities, teaching procedures, and the presen- 
tation of materials pertinent to dental hygiene education. The student 
will develop and teach selected units in the basic dental hygiene sequ- 
ence. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 404— Directed Individual Study. (0-10-5). 
Summer. Prerequisite: DH 403. 

Directed individual study in an area of major interest with special 
relevance to Dental Hygiene and future carrer objectives. Laboratory 
experience will be included to meet the needs of the students. 

DRAMA/SPEECH 
(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

ICONOMICS 
(See listing under Department of Business Administration.) 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See [> •'*■">. 

** The Repents Kxamination is not required if it was successfully completed as pan of ram. 

NOTE:Studenta in the Bachelor of Science de>rree program in Dental Hygiene Education \\h<< did not com] 

2")1 or 2~>2 and Political Science 1 13 or their equivalents in their Associate Degi 

their baccalaureate dearie projrrams. 



121 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

Professor William W. Stokes, Head; Professor Ward; Associate Pro- 
fessors Barbel- and Newberry; Assistant Professors Ball, Bland, Thomas, 
and White. 

The purpose of the Department of Education is to coordinate the 
college-wide programs of teacher education and to offer professional 
courses for the pre-service and in-service preparation of teachers. For 
specific requirements of the teacher education program offered by the 
college, see "Teacher Education" under "Degree Programs." For prog- 
rams of study for degrees with secondary certification requirements, see 
appropriate departmental listings. Following are the programs of study 
for the degrees of Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education and 
Bachelor of Science in Education (Speech Correction): 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. Choice of: 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; or English 222 

3. Drama/Speech 228 5 

4. Sociology 201 or Anthropology 201 5 

5. Geography 111, and Psychology 101 10 

6. History 114, 115 10 

7. Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252 10 

8. Biology 101, 102 10 

9. Physics 211, 212 or 

Physical Science 121, 122 10 

10. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10 

Mathematics 103, 195, 220, 290 

11. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Electives 20 

Approved electives to establish added proficiency 
in one area of concentration chosen to correspond 
to the elementary school curriculum: art, early 
childhood education, language arts, mathematics, 
modern foreign languages, music, social 
sciences, or associate Library media specialist 

('. Specialized Content Courses 30 

1 . Mathematics 390 5 

2. Education 125 5 

•".. Four of the following courses 20 

Art 320, English 331, 

Music 320, Physical Education 320, Education 339, 

340, 426, 134. 



1 Certain courses may he exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 31! 



122 



D. Professional Sequence < !ourses 15 

1. Psychology 301, and Special Education 205 10 

2. Education 2<>:;. :;ni , 435, 136, 1 16, 117. 148 '■>■> 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Program fur th> I). 
Bachelor of Science in Education: Speech Correction 

QuarU r Hums 
A. Genera] Requirements 7<; 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one course selected from -!<> 

Art 200. 271, 272. 27:1; Music 200 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Psychology loi and Political Science 113 10 

3. History 1 14, 115, and History 2."»1 or 252 15 

4. Biology 101. 102 and Physical Science 121 15 

."). Mathematics 101 and Mathematics 195 or 290 10 

0. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

P.. ( 'nurse.s iii Speech Correction .V, 

• vial Education 225, 230, 315, ::2<t. :::;:.. 410, 
411. 412. 413, 415, 42o. (Each quarter, following 
completion of Special Education 410 and 41."), the 
student will he assigned cases for supervised 
clinical practi 

( '. Related Field Requirements 1"> 

1. Mental Health 102 :> 

2. Psychology 305, 4o:> lo 

D. Professional Sequence Courses 45 

1. Psychology 301, and Special Education 205 10 

2. Education 203, 301, 330, 12".. 440. 447. 44s 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 101 

X< )TK: The above program will be deactivated after the 1978-1979 academic year. Students 
should check with the Head of the Department of Education for further information. 

Course Offerings 



EDUCATION 

EDUCATION 203— Orientation to Teaching. (5-0-5). Each quarter. 

The study of the status of education and of teaching as a profession. 
The student engages in directed self-study and plans for the achievement 
of his professional goals. 

EDUCATION 301— Child Development and the Educative Pro< 
(2-8-5). Fall, Winter. Spring. Prerequisite: Education -!<>:;. 
A study of the developmental learning characteristics of pupils in 

relation to ways in which the school environment may elicit further 



noted by examination *ith 



123 



development. Students attend seminars on campus and serve as junior 
professionals in selected elementary schools. Enrollment limited to 12 
students per section. 

EDUCATION 307— Growth and Development of the Young Child. 
(5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission 
of instructor. 

The study of inter-relatedness of the aspects of growth and develop- 
ment: physical-motor, social-emotional, and intellectual cognitive for the 
young child. A unification of theory and research utilizing directed 
observations and a study of various measurements appropriate with 
young children will be included. 

EDUCATION 308— Child and His Family. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequis- 
ite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of instructor. 

The study of children including the parent-child, parent-teacher rela- 
tionships and cultural factors which affect children and their families. 
Techniques for development of parent involvement in the total develop- 
mental process. 

EDUCATION 309— Materials and Methods of Early Childhood Educa- 
tion. (5-0-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Education 307 or permission of in- 
structor. 

The study of curricula needs, materials and techniques appropriate for 
use with young children. 

EDUCATION 310 — Practicum in Nursery- Kindergarten Education. 
(2-8-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Education 309. 

Provides opportunities for directed experience with children under six. 
Students attend seminars and work in selected preschool programs. 

EDUCATION 330— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Gen- 
eral. (3-6-5). Winter, Spring, and Summer. Prerequisites: Admission to 
Teacher Education, Psychology 301. 

The study of secondary school curriculum and methods. Detailed study 
is given to techniques of systematic observation, preparation of be- 
havioral objectives, analysis of critical incidents, production of media 
materials, practices of classroom control, and examination of instruction 
models. Directed practicum. 

EDUCATION 338— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Busi- 
ness Education. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, Psychology 301. 

The study of secondary school business education curriculum with 
emphasis upon materials and methods of teaching business education. 
Directed observation. 

EDUCATION 339— Elementary School Language Arts Methods and 
Curriculum. (4-3-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admission to 
Teacher Education. 



124 



This course is designed to offer the student the opportunity to explore 
methods, content, and materials used in teaching the skills of communica- 
tion to children. 

EDUCATION 340— Elementary School Social Studies Methods and 
Curriculum. (4-3-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admission to 
Teacher Education. 

This course is designed to prepare preservice teachers to teach children 
fundamental social studies skills and processes. 

EDUCATION 425— The Teaching of Heading. (5-0-5). Winter, Sum- 
mer. Prerequisites: Education 203 and Admission to Teacher Education, 
or pei'mission of instructor. 

The teaching of reading including approaches, techniques, materials, 
and evaluating growth. 

EDUCATION 426— Practicum in Individualized Reading Instruction. 
(2-8-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Education 425. 

This course is designed to provide prospective teachers with directed 
practice and observation in the teaching of reading. Special emphasis will 
be placed upon diagnosis and teaching of needed reading skills. Students 
will be placed under the supervision of teachers who have been selected 
for their competency in the teaching of reading. Open to Elementary 
Education majors only. 

EDUCATION 434— Methods and Curriculum of Elementary Science. 
(5-0-5). Winter and Summer. 

Provides prospective teachers with a better concept of the meaning of 
science, processes for translating this concept into classroom practice and 
a variety of ways for helping children learn science, with special emphasis 
on the kind of inquiry that engages them in the process of discovery. 

EDUCATION 435— Elementary School Curriculum. (5-0-5). Summer, 
Fall, Winter. Corequisite: Education 436. Prerequisites: Education 301 
and Psychology 301, or permission of the instructor and admission to the 
teacher education program. 

The study of existing organization patterns of the school and experi- 
ences in curriculum planning, evaluation, trends, and design. Directed 
observation. 

EDUCATION 436— Elementary School Methods. (5-0-5). Summer, 
Fall, Winter. Corequisite: Education 435. Prerequisites: Education 301 
and Psychology 301, or permission of the instructor and admission to the 
teacher education program. 

The study and evaluation of teaching methods, materials, and equip- 
ment in the various teaching fields. Actual unit development in prepara- 
tion for student teaching. 

EDUCATION 439— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods. En- 
glish. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education, 
Psychology 301. 



19! 



The study of secondary school English curriculum with emphasis upon 
materials and methods of teaching English. Directed observation. 

EDUCATION 440 — Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Social 
Science. (5-0-5). Fall Spring. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Edu- 
cation, Psychology 301. 

The study of secondary school social science curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching social science. Directed observa- 
tion. 

EDUCATION 441— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Mathematics. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Mathematics 
260. 

The study of secondary school mathematics curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching mathematics. Directed observa- 
tions. 

EDUCATION 443— Methods and Curriculum in Health, Physical and 
Recreation Education. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Admis- 
sion to Teacher Education, Psychology 301, Education 330. 

The study of secondary school Health, Physical and Recreation Educa- 
tion curriculum with emphasis upon materials and methods of teaching 
Health, Physical and Recreation Education. Directed observation. 

EDUCATION 446-447-448— Student Teaching. (15 quarter hours). 
Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: See "Teacher Education" section 
under "Degree Programs." 

Students are placed in selected schools for one quarter as full time 
student staff members. No additional credit hours may be earned while 
student teaching. Classroom experiences and other staff responsiblities 
are jointly supervised by the college staff, supervising teachers, and 
principals in the selected schools. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and of the college 
from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 110— Introduction to Library Research and 
Materials. (1-0-1). 

An orientation to the Lane Library, library terminology, general 
research methods, and major library aids, such as the card catalog, 
classification and subject heading guides, general periodical and news- 
paper indexes, encyclopedias, dictionaries, almanacs, handbooks and 
yearbooks. This is a survey course to acquaint the student with a library's 
potential to answer his information needs as a student, civilian, re- 
searcher, or business person. 



126 



LIBRARY SCIENCE HI— Special Periodicals and Bibliographies. 

(1-0-1). 

A self-instructional survey of special periodical and book indexes as 
well as atlases; gazetters; biographical tools; reviews and criticisms; and 
national, state, local, and selected international and foreign documents, 
guides and tools. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 310— Reference Materials. (5-0-5). 

Study and evaluation of basic reference sources for effective reference 
service in elementary and secondary schools. Designed to give th (J 
student a working knowledge of a library as an information and resource 
center. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 311— Principles of Library Research and Mate- 
rials. (1-0-1). 

A study of general research methodology and tools. The methodology 
aspect will focus on two main areas of concern, (1) the question-transfer 

and negotiation process, and (2) the ability to recognize ready reference. 
bibliographic and evaluative reference/research questions. The study of 
tools will focus on the recognition and application of the proper sour 
for solution. A research project approved by the professor is required as 
partial requirement for completion of course. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 312— Information Resources in the Humanities. 
(1-0-1). 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search 
techniques in the Humanities. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 313— Information Resources in the Social Sci- 
ences. (1-0-1). 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search 
techniques in the Social Sciences. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 314— Information Resources in the Sciences. 
(1-0-1). 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search 
techniques in the Scienci 

* LIBRARY SCIENCE 320— Cataloging and Classification of School 
Library Materials. (5-0-5). 

Introduction to the basic principles of cataloging and classification of 
books and audiovisual materials through the use of Dewey and Library of 
Congress classification. The card catalog, shelf list, physical procession, 
and procedure for ordering and using printed cards will be studied. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 110— Materials Selection. (5-0-5). on'vrn] on 
demand. 



This course partially satisfies th.- certification rv<|uirvm.nt f«-r the 
Department <>f Education). 



27 



Selection and evaluation of books and non-book materials; emphasis on 
those which meet curriculum needs and interest, and which represent 
various levels of difficulty; ways of stimulating t'heir use. Attention will 
be given to selection aids and reading guidance. 

* LIBRARY SCIENCE 420— School Library Administration and 
Organization. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

Basic organization of books, non-book materials, and services for 
effective use in school libraries. Administering the budget, purchase of 
materials, personnel, circulation, inventory, weeding, and instruction in 
the use of library materials will be considered. Examination of the 
improvement of instruction by correlating library use with school cur- 
ricula. 

Course Offerings 



SPEECH CORRECTION 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 205— Introduction to Exceptional Children. 
(5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

An orientation to exceptional children with emphasis on educational 
implications and rehabilitation requirements. Includes classroom discus- 
sion of and visitations to facilities for training. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 225— Phonetics for Speech Correctionists. 
(2-6-5). Spring. 

Deals with the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) in 
speech correction, IPA transcription of normal and defective articulation 
and the important characteristics of regional dialects are stressed. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 230— Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech 
and Hearing Mechanism. (4-2-5). Fall. 

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, and thorax from a speech 
and hearing standpoint. Special emphasis is placed on functional consid- 
erations of the respiratory system, larynx, oral and nasal structures, and 
ear. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 315— Normal Speech and Language De- 
velopment. (4-2-5). Winter. 

The study of normal language development. This course traces de- 
velopmental scales of speech and language growth across various age 
levels and includes the relationship between speech and language. 
( Observations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 320— Psychology of Speech. (4-2-5). Spring. 

Basic principles of psychology as they apply to speech, with emphasis 
on learning, motivation, emotions, intelligence, personality, social rela- 
tions, and psychological effects of speech disorders. Observations. 



This course partially satisfies the certification requirement for the Associate Library Media Specialist (Georgia State 
Department of Education). 



128 



SPECIAL EDUCATION 335— Speech Science. (3-4-5). Fall. 

Speech communication from a psychophysical standpoint. Study fo- 
cuses on acoustics, physics of speech, transmission media, and physical 
analysis of speech. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 410— Group Processes and Program Ad- 
ministration. (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Administration of public school speech correction programs and 
methods of public school speech correction as related to working with 
children in groups. Characteristics of task oriented small group behavior 
and interaction are studied. Supervised clinical practice. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 411— Stuttering. (4-2-5). Spring. Prerequis- 
ite: Permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, its possible causes and 
the management and training of cases. Observations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 412— Language Disorders. (4-2-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

An introduction to language disorders of children and adults. 
Etiologies, evaluation procedures, and therapeutic approaches are 
studied. Major emphasis will be given to delayed language development 
and aphasia. Supervised clinical practicum. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 413— Organically Based Communication 
Problems. (4-2-5). Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

The course includes a study of the communication problems related to 
disorders of voice, cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Supervised clinical 
practicum. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 415— Articulation Disorders. (2-6-5). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Special Education 225. 

A study of the etiology, rationale, evaluation, and methods of therapy 
for disorders of articulation. The course includes the development of a 
therapeutic program, lesson plans, and supervised clinical practice. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 420— Introduction to Audiology. (2-6-5). Fall 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the methods of hearing assessment through pure 
tone and speech audiometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of the hearing 
impaired. Supervised clinical practici 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 422— Manual Language for the Deaf. (4-2-5). 

Offered on demand. 

A study of the practices, procedures and methods in teaching manual 
language to the deaf, with a review of the historical philosophies and 
current trends and literature. At the conclusion of the course the student 
will have a working ability to communicate with a manual deaf individual 
as well as the ability to teach young deaf children the process of manual 
language. 



ENGLISH 
(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

ENTOMOLOGY 

(See listing under Department of Biology.) 

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 

Professor Harry Persse, Head; Associate Professor Brandon; Assis- 
tant Professors Ambrose, Cone, and McKinnell; Instructors Lem- 
men,Radebaugh and Reese. 

Degree Programs in Music 

The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with a 
major in music, the Bachelor of Music Education degree, and the 
Associate in Arts degree with a concentration in Art. The Bachelor of 
Music Education Degree is given in cooperation with Savannah State 
College. 

Admission Requirements 

Since the college-level study of music presupposes a considerable 
background in music, as well as an aptitude for it, an audition is required 
for admission to the music degree program. The audition will be used to 
determine the student's level of proficiency in his instrument and his 
potential for success in the program. 

Progra ms for the Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music 

Bachelor of Music Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* , 71 

1. English 111, 112, 221 15 

2. Music 200 or 210 5 

3. History 114, 115, and 251 or 252 15 

4. Mathematics 101, 290 10 

5. Political Science 113 5 

6. One of the following courses: 5 

Psychology 101 (required in the B.M.Ed, program). 
Economics 201, Sociology 201, Criminal Justice 100, 
Anthropology 201 

7. Laboratory science sequence 10 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 177 and 

three activity courses 6 

B. ( loursea in the Major Field 54 

Music 111, 112, 113, 140, (6 credits); 211, 212. 213, 
240 (6 credits), 251 or 254 (6 credits), 312, 340 
(6 credits), 371, 372, 373 



* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. :i" 



130 



C. Additional Requirements for the 

Bachelor of Arts Degree only 66 

1. Music 281, 412, 440 12 

2. Music electives 9 

3. Two courses selected from: 10 

Art 271, 272, 273 

4. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15 

5. Electives 20 

6. Recital 

C. Additional Requirements for the 

Bachelor of Music Education /)< <jn < only 69-70 

1. Music 230, 232, 233, 235, 281, 350, . . .' 19 

351, 361, 400 

2. One of the following options: 10-11 

a. (Choral emphasis) Music 228, 353, 480, and one 
course from 414, 415, or 416 

b. (Instrumental emphasis) Music 227. 231. 234, 
_\ 481, and one course from 417, 41*. or 419 

c. (Keyboard emphasis)Music 227. 352 or 353. 420. 
421. 480 or 481 

3. Education 203, 330, 446, 447, 448 25 

4. Psychology 301 and Special Education 205 10 

5. Drama/Speech 228 5 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL, Bachelor of Arts Degree 191 
TOTAL, Bachelor of Music Education Degree 194-195 

Programs for the Degree 

Associate in Arts 

(with a concentration in Art) 

The Department of Fine Arts offers an organized concentration in Art within the 
Associate in Arts degree structure. 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 63 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and Art 271 20 

2. History 114. 115, Political Science 113, and 

History 251 or 252 20 

3. Mathematics 101 and 103, or 195, or 220 or 290 10 

4. Laboratory science sequence 10 

5. Physical Education 3 

B. ( 'oncentration 30 

1. Art 111, 112, 271, 273 20 

1. Ten hours chosen from: 10 

Art 201, 202, 213, 330, and 331 

('. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 

Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

1. Meet a recital attendance requirement as directed by the faculty. 

2. Enroll for applied music each quarter until the applied music require- 
ment has been met (except when student teaching). 



Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 35. 



1Q1 



3. Participate in a large ensemble of the college each quarter of atten- 
dance (except when student teaching). Voice principals are required to 
enroll for chorus and band instrument principals for concert band. 
Students with a choice of ensemble must remain in the chosen 
ensemble for the duration of the academic year. Upon recommenda- 
tion of the applied music instructor in the principal instrument, a 
keyboard student may substitute accompanying for participation in a 
large ensemble. However, a minimum of six quarters of large ensem- 
ble is required. 

4. Participate in student recitals as directed by the applied music 
instructor. A student must perform on a quarterly student recital at 
least once a year. 

5. Attain minimum keyboard proficiency (the ability to play simple 
hymns, standard cadences and simple piano pieces), a piano profi- 
ciency examination will be given annually during the Spring Quarter 
to all students whose principal instrument is not keyboard 

6. Present a recital as required in the specific degree program. For the 
B. A. degree with a concentration in performance, a half recital in the 
junior year and a full recital in the senior year are required. With a 
concentration in theory-composition the presentation of a program of 
original compositions or a comparable practical exercise is required. 
For the B.M.E. degree, a half recital in the senior year is required. In 
the B.M.E. program, upon recommendation of the applied music 
instructor, a jury examination may be substituted for the recital. 

The applied music level for entering or transfer students will be 
determined by audition. In the Bachelor of Arts degree program a 
minimum of eighteen hours of applied music will be in the principal 
instrument, with a least six credits at the 440 level. In the Bachelor of 
Music Education degree program, a minimum of twelve hours of applied 
music will be in the principal instrument with at least six credits at the 
340 level. The quarterly applied music grade will be determined in part 
by a jury examination before a committee of the music faculty. 

APPLIED MUSIC FEES 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty-five minute private lesson 
per week (Music 130) or a combination of private and class lessons (Music 
140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of $31.00 for Music 130 or $62.00 for the 
Music 140 series is charged quarterly to student not admitted to a music 
degree program, to music majors enrolled for less than ten hours, and to 
music majors enrolled for more than one applied course. The applied 
music fee is refundable only if the student does not meet his first 
scheduled lesson. 



132 



Course Offerings 



APPITKI) MUSIC 

MUSIC 130 — Applied Music, (one credit). Prerequisite: Sufficient 
music background, determined by audition or Music- 100. 

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in brass, organ, percussion, 
piano, strings, voice, or woodwinds. Applicable to a music degree only for 
secondary applied credit. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 140 — Applied Music, (two credits). Prerequisite: open to 

music majors and a limited number of non-majors by audition only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 
strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 240 — Applied Music, (two credits). Prerequisite: Competency 
at the Music 140 level as determined by jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 
strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 340 — Applied Music, (two credits). Prerequisite: Competency 
at the Music 240 level as determined by jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings 
voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 440 — Applied Music, (two credits). Prerequisite: Competency 
at the Music 340 level as determined by jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings 
voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

Coursi >gs 

MUSIC 

MUSIC 100— Rudiments of Music. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the principles of music reading with applications to 
the keyboard, guitar and simple wind instruments. May not be used for 
credit toward a degree in music. 

MUSIC 111— Elementary Theory. (3-2-3). Fall. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical principles of music including 
sightsinging, eartraining and keyboard harmony. 

MUSIC 112— Elementary Theory. (3-2-3). Winter. 

A continuation of Music 1 1 1 with emphasis on part-writing and diatonic 
material. 

MUSIC 113— Elementary Theory. Spring. 

A continuation of Music 112 introducing seventh chords and diatonic 

modulation. 



•\'V1 



MUSIC 200— Introduction to Music Literature. (5-0-5). Fall, Spring. 
A course designed to help the student understand music by means of 
analysis of style, forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUSIC 210 — Honors Introduction to Music Literature. (5-0-5). Winter 
and Summer. Prerequisites: Music major status or permission of the 
instructor. 

A course designed for the student with a practical musical background 
or previous listening experience. Emphasis will be on the devlopment of 
perception of style and form through listening. May be used as a 
substitute for Music 200 in the Core Curriculum. 

MUSIC 211— Intermediate Theory. (3-2-3). Fall Prerequisite: Music 
113. 
A continuation of Music 113 with emphasis on chromatic harmony. 

MUSIC 212— Intermediate Theory. (3-2-3). Winter. 
A continuation of Music 211. 

MUSIC 213— Intermediate Theory. (3-2-3). Spring. 
A continuation of Music 212 with emphasis on twentieth century 
techniques. 

MUSIC 226— Class Piano I, II, III. (0-2-1). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Music major status or permission of instructor. 

A study of keyboard techniques with empahsis on the skills needed to 
fulfill the piano proficiency requirement. 

MUSIC 227— Class Voice. (0-2-1). Offered on demand. Prerequisites: 
Music major status or permission of instructor. 

A study of voice production techniques with pratical application to 
standard song literature. Not open to students whose principal instru- 
ment is voice. 

MUSIC 228— Diction in Singing. (2-0-2). Winter. 
A study of phonetics and pronunciation of Italian, German, French, and 
English as applied to singing. 

MUSIC 230— Brass Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 113. 
An introduction to the principles of brass instrument performance and 
pedagogy. 

MUSIC 231— Brass Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 230. 
Continuation of Music 230. 

MUSIC 232— Percussion Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 113. 
An introduction to the principles of percussion instrument performance 
and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 233— Woodwind Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 113. 
An introduction to the principles of woodwind instrument performance 
and pedagogy. 



134 



MUSIC 234— Woodwind Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 233. 
Continuation of Music 233. 

MUSIC 235— String Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 113. 
An introduction to the principles of string instrument performance and 
pedagogy. 

MUSIC 251— Symphonic Wind Ensemble. (0-5-2). 
Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 252— .Jazz Ensemble. (0-2-1). 
Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 254— Chorus. (0-3-1). 
Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 255— Chamber Ensemble. (0-2-1). On demand. 
Open to all qualified students in the performing media of brass, 
woodwind, string, keyboard, voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUSK 1 256 — Keyboard Accompanying. (1-0-1). On demand. 

MUSIC 257— Opera Workship. (1-0-1). 

* MUSIC 281 — Conducting. (3-0-3). Alternate years. Prerequisite: 
Music 113. 

An introduction to the techniques of conducting and interpretation. 

* MUSIC 312— Form and Analysis. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: Music 213. 
The study of the principles of form in music and techniques of harmonic 

analysis. 

MUSIC 320— Music for the Elementary Teacher. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Summer. 

An introduction to music skills and materials for the elementary 
classroom teacher. Not open to music majors. 

:i: MUSIC 350— Music in the Lower School. (3-0-3). Fall 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of 
techniques and materials for teaching music in the lower school. 

MUSIC 351— Music in the Middle and Upper School. (3-0-3). Spring. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of 
techniques and materials for teaching music in the junior and senior high 
schools. 

MUSIC :;:,2— Band Methods. (2-0-2). Offered on demand. 
A course dealing with the organization, maintenance and development 
of school instrumental ensembles. 

MUSIC 353— Choral Methods. (3-0-3). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Music 227. 



Ma\ be taken at Savannah State College. 



135 



A course dealing with the organization and development of school 
choral organizations, problems of choral singing, and fundamentals of 
choral conducting. 

* MUSIC 361— Orchestration and Arranging. (3-0-3). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Music 213. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging and scoring for vocal 
and instrumental ensembles. 

* MUSIC 371— Music History. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: One year of music 
theory or permission of the instructor. 

* MUSIC 372— Music History. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: One year of music 
theory, or permission of the instructor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Baroque and Classic 
periods. 

* MUSIC 373— Music History. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: Music 213 or 
permission of the instructor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Romantic Period 
and in the 20th century. 

MUSIC 400— Seminar in Music Education. (3-0-3). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Music 350, 351. 

A survey course for music education majors of current trends in 
instruction and research techniques. 

MUSIC 411 — Composition. (1 to 5 hours). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Music 213,312. 

MUSIC 412— Counterpoint. (3-0-3). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: 
Music 213. 

A study of contrapuntal practices of the Renaissance, Baroque and 20th 
century music. 

MUSIC 414— Song Literature I. (2-0-2). Fall. 
A survey of German song literature. 

MUSIC 415— Song Literature II. (2-0-2). Winter. 
A survey of French song literature. 

MUSIC 416— Song Literature III. (2-0-2). Spring. 
A survey of the song literature of English, Italian and Russian music 
and others. 

MUSIC 417 — Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques of Brass 
Instruments. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the 
instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the brass 
instruments. 



May be taken at Savannah State College. 



1 Oil 

It »U 



MUSIC 418 — Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques of Woodwind 
Instruments. (2-0-2) Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the 
instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the woodwind 
instruments. 

MUSIC 419 — Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques of Percussion 

Instruments. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: -Junior status or permission of the 
instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the percussion 
instruments. 

MUSIC 420-421— Piano Literature. (2-0-2 each cour 
A survey of literature for the piano. 

MUSIC 422 — Opera Literature. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Music 371, 372, 373 or permission of the instructor. 

A study of operatic masterpieces from the origins of the form to the 
present. 

MUSIC 480— Advanced Choral Conducting. (3-0-3). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312, 361. 
Advanced techniques for the choral conductor. 

MUSIC 481— Advanced Instrumental Conducting. (3-0-3). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312, 361. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumental conductor. 

MUSIC 490— Directed Individual Study. (1 to 5 credits). Open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

( 'ourse Offerings 

ART 

ART 111— Basic Design I. (0-10-5). Fall. 

An introduction to two-dimensional design through problems in draw- 
ing, composition, and color. 

ART 112— Basic Design II. (0-10-5). Spring. 

The fundamentals of three-dimensional design introduced through 
sculptural projects in various media. 

ART 200— Introduction to the Visual Arts. (5-0-5). Fall. Spring. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and techniques and their 
application in masterworks of art from all ages. Not recommended for art 
majors. 

ART 201— Painting I. (0-6-3). Fall. Prerequisite: Art 111 or permission 
of Instructor. 

An introduction to painting in oils from various observed subjects and 
from sketches. 



ART 202— Painting II. (0-6-3). Winter. Prerequisite: Art 111 or 
permission of Instructor. 
A continuation of ART 201. 

ART 213 — Figure Drawing. (0-6-3). Spring. Prerequisite: Art 111 or 
permission of Instructor. 

An introduction to drawing the human figure. Includes basic anatomy 
for the artist, the study of master drawings of the human figure, and 
drawing directly from live models. 

ART 271— History of Art. (5-0-5). Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts in Western Civilization from archaic Greece 
to the Late Middle Ages. 

ART 272— History of Art. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A continuation of Art 271. Renasissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273— History of Art. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A continuation of Art 272. Nineteenth and twentieth century art. 

ART 301— Painting III. (0-10-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisites: 
Art 111 and 201 or 202. 

Advanced techniques directed toward figurative images. Pictorial 
composition. Includes study of selected master painters regarding their 
technical means and aesthetic accomplishments. 

ART 302— Painting IV. (0-10-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Art 
301. 

A continuation of Art 301. Includes non-figurative and abstract images. 

ART 320— Art for the Elementary Teacher. (4-2-5). Winter, Summer. 
A study of materials and methods for teaching art at the elementary 
school level. 

ART 330— Ceramics I. (0-10-5). Fall, Winter. Prerequisites: Art 111 or 
112, or permission of Instructor. 

Fundamentals of hand-built stoneware pottery including pinch, coil and 
slab construction, glaze-making, kiln loading and firing. Additional ex- 
periences may include primitive firing or Raku. 

ART 331 — Ceramics II. (0-10-5). Winter, or on demand. Prerequisite: 
Art 330. 

Fundamentals of wheel-thrown pottery plus a more intensive explora- 
tion of glazing and firing including Raku. 

ART 332— Special Problems in Ceramics. (0-10-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Ceramics 330. 

The content of this class is flexible and may include in-depth experi- 
ences in any of the following: Raku firing, primitive firing, kiln construc- 
tion, building of pottery equipment (wheels, tools, etc.), glaze calculation, 
etc. 



138 



ART 350 — Serigraphy. (0-10-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Art 
101 or 102. 

An introduction to printmaking through the process of silk screen 
printing. The entire process will be covered including the construction of 
screen printing equipment, preparation of special printing inks and 
various stencils (glue, tusche, paper, photo-emulsion, etc.) and matting of 
the finished prints. 

FRENCH 

(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

GEOGRAPHY 

(See listing under Department of History and Political Science.) 

GEOLOGY 

(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics.) 

GERMAN 

(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

HEALTH 

(See listing under Department of Physical Education.) 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professor Roger K. Warlick, Head; Professors Beecher, Coyle, Dun- 
can, Gross, Lanier, and McCarthy; Associate Professors Clark, Patter- 
son, and Newman; Assistant Professors Arens, Boney, Comaskey, Rhee, 
and Stone. 

All students are reminded that any who receive degrees from the 
University System of Georgia are required to demonstrate proficiency in 
U.S. and Georgia History and Constitutions. This requirement may be 
met by the successful completion of Political Science 113 and History 251 
or 252 or may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Academic Regulations" section. 

A major in Political Science or History is most useful to those who plan 
to enter teaching, library or archival work, publishing, journalism, or 
such professional fields as international business, law or theology. Either 
major is also a desirable foundation for opportunities in or related to 
government (e.g., civil and foreign service, A.I.D., U.S. LA., ACTION, 
teaching abroad, etc.). Beyond these fields there is an enormous variety 
of organizations (local, national, and international) whose philanthropic. 



1 39 



sectarian, or economic interests require people with- the skills and 
sensitivity developed by a major in History or Political Science. 

The Major in History 

Students majoring in History should salisfy the college core require- 
ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the Freshman and 
Sophomore years. To complete the major requires, beyond Western 
Civilization (History 114-115) and U.S. History (History 251-252), forty 
quarter hours from courses numbered 300 or above (with grades of "C" or 
better) including History 300. Students should register for History 300 in 
the Sophomore or early in the Junior year, or in the first possible quarter 
after making the decision to major in History. The major program must 
also include (a) 25 quarter hours as approved by faculty advisor in related 
fields such as: anthropology, history of art and music, economics, 
literature, political science, philosophy, psychology, sociology, or statis- 
tics; and (b) a fifteen quarter hour foreign language sequence, or 
proficiency in a language through the 103 level. Students who con- 
template graduate work in history, however, are strongly advised to 
continue their linguistic study beyond this elementary level. The history 
faculty will consider substitutions only when compelling reasons argue 
against fulfilling the language requirement and only when the proposed 
substitute offers an additional research skill or a study in depth of a 
foreign culture. In selecting course work, a student may emphasize the 
history of one particular area (e.g., U.S., European, or Russian-Asian- 
Latin American), but must take at least 10 quarter hours of history 
outside the area of concentration. Opportunities for Independent Study 
work exist in all three concentration areas, but no more than 10 such 
hours may be counted among the 40 (forty) upper division history hours 
required in the major. 

Graduate courses (500 level) are open to qualified undergraduates with 
advisor approval and permission of instructor. 

Prograyn for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 91 

1. English 111, 112. 211 and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Mathematics 101; Mathematics 195, 220, or 290 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 1 14, 115, History 251 , 252 20 

5. Political Science 1 13 and one of the following: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 

Sociology 201, Economics 201, Criminal Justice 100 

6. Foreign Language 101 , 102, 103 15 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

bain COUrsea may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 35. 



B. Courses in Major Field 1" 

1. History 300 5 

2. History courses 300 level or above (with at least 

10 quarter hours outside area of concentration) 35 

Concentration Areas: 

a) U.S History: 

HIS. 351, 352, 365, 367, 371, 373, 375, 376, 378, 379, 400, Cl 
455, 485 486, 496, 505, 514, 515, 516 

b) European History: 

HIS. 333, 336, 340. 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349 
350, 410, 195 

c) Russian-Asian-Latin American: 

HIS. 320. 321, 322. 329, 330, 431, 181 I 

( J. ( 'ourses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as anthropology, history 

of art, and music, economics, literature, foreign languages 

political science, sociology, psychology or statistics 

I). Electives -> 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Major in Political Science 

Students majoring in Political Science should satisfy the college core 
requirements for the Bachelor of Arts during their Freshman and 
Sophomore years. To complete a Political Science major requires, beyond 
American Government (113), forty quarter hours of upper division 
courses in the field (with grades of "C" or better). Further, the program 
must include at least one course from each of the following groups: 
I. American Political Institutions 

II. International Relations 

III. Political Theory 

IV. Comparative Government 

The major's program must also include Mathematics 220, and at least 
25 hours of course work in such fields as Economics, History, Geography, 
Mathematics, Computer Science, Philosophy, Psychology, or Sociology. 

The Political Science major allows the option of a foreign language 
(French or German preferred) through the 103 level or a sequence of 
computer science courses. Students who contemplate graduate work in 
Political Science, however, are strongly advised to take the foreign 
language option and to continue their linguistic study beyond the 103 
level. 



141 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Aria with a Major in Political Science 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 86 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20 

Art 200. 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Mathematics 101, 220 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115; History 251, or 252 15 

.*>. Political Science 1 13 and one of the following: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 

Sociology 201, Economics 201, Criminal Justice 100 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 
Computer Science 110, 231, and Computer 

Science 232 or 241 15 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

At least five quarter hours must be taken 
from each of the following areas: 

a) American Political Institutions: 

POS. 300, 304, 305, 317, 318, 403, 418, 511 

b) International Affairs: 

POS. 320, 325, 326, 329 

c) Political Theory: 

POS. 331, 332, 333, 535 

d) Comparative Government: 

POS. 341, 348, 349, 540, 546 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as Computer Science, 
Economics, Geography, History, Mathematics, 
Philosophy, Psychology, or Sociology 

D. Electives 40 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Public Administration 

Public Administration may serve as an area of emphasis within the 
Political Science major. Interested students should consult with the 
political science faculty or the Head of the Department of History and 
Political Science to plan a program including a Public Administration 
emphasis. A baccalaureate degree program in Public Administration has 
been approved by the faculty and submitted to the Board of Regents of 
the University System of Georgia for its approval. Students who might 
have an interest in this degree program should consult with the Head of 
the Department of History and Political Science to determine the current 
status of the program. 



Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 35. 



142 



Program for Secondary School Teach 
of Social Sciena 

(History or Political Science) 

Quarter Hours 
Genera] Requirements' 1 

1. English 111. 112. I'll and one of the following: 20 

Art 200. 271, 272. 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Foreign Language 101, 1<>2. 103 (required in 

the history concentration) or Computer Science llo 

231, and Computer Science 232 or 241 

(allowed in the political science concentration) L5 

3. History 1 14. 1 15; History 251 or 252 15 

4. Political Science 1 13 and Psychology 101 10 

:.. Mathematics KM. 220 1" 

0. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 

Courses in History Concentration Only 7<> 

1. History 300 •"> 

-History 10-15 

History 371 (required if History 2o2 was taken 
in the General Requirements) or History 378 (required 
if History 251 was taken in the General Requirements 
five to ten hours to be selected from History -Sol. 3.">2 
376, 379, 4oo. 4o4. 4-V>. 4.H.V486 
505, -")14. 515, 516 

3. Russian. Asian. Latin-American History 10 

To be selected from History 320. 321. 322 

329, 330, 431. 481-482, 

4. European History 10-15 

To be selected from History 333. 336, 340 

341. 342, 343. 344. 34:., 346, 347. 
349, 350, 410 195 

5. Supporting work 30 

To be selected from two of the following fields, with a 

minimum often quarter hours to be taken from each field: 
approved upper division electives 
in political science; 

(b) Economics 201 and approved upper 
division electives; 

(c) approved electives in behavioral sciences 

ciology, anthropology, and psychology) 

Courses in Political $ 'rutin, i Only 70 

1. Approved courses from each of the following areas: 40 

(a) Political Institutions (300, 304, 
317. 318, 403, 41>. :,ii); 

(b) International Relations (320, 325, 326, 329); 
Political Theory (331, 

(d) Comparative Governmenl 349, 540, 546). 

2. Supporting Work 30 

T<> be selected from two of the following fields, with 

a minimum often quarter hours to be taken from each field: 

(a) History 2~>1 or 2">2 and approved upper division 
history elect r. 

(b) Economics 201 and an approved upper division elective: 

(c) approved electives in behavioral sciences (sociology, 
anthropology, and psychology) 



j rtain o>urse> may bt- exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p 



14:; 



( '. Professional Sequence 40 

1. Psychology 301, Special Education 205 10 

2. Education 203, 330, 440, 446, 447, 448 30 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations — 

TOTAL, BOTH CONCENTRATIONS 196 

Course Offerings 

HISTORY 

HISTORY 114— Civilization I. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, religious, and 
intellectural activity from the time of the ancient Middle-eastern civiliza- 
tions to 1715. Throughout the course the major civilized traditions are 
considered and comparative methods used to facilitate interpretation of 
them. 

HISTORY 115— Civilization II. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. 
A continuation of History 114 to the present. 

HISTORY 191— Honors Civilization I. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: B's 
or better in High School History and an SAT (Verbal) score of at least 
550. 

This course replaces History 114 for selected students, While the 
subject matter will be the same as for History 114, the treatment of it will 
vary greatly. Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual lecture 
method, allowing students to read widely and carry out their own 
research under the direction of the professor. 

HISTORY 192— Honors Civilization II. (5-0-5). Winter, Prerequisite: 
History 191 or a grade of "A" in History 114. 
A continuation of History 191, this course replaces History 115. 

HISTORY 251— American History to 1865. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: eligibility for English 111. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the United 
States to the end of the Civil War. 

HISTORY 252— American History Since 1865. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: eligibility for English 111 

A survey of the political economic, and social history of the United 
States from 1865 to the present. 

HISTORY 300— Historical Method. (3-0-5). Summer and Winter. 
Required of all History majors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of historical research, 
treating problems of investigation, organization, and writing through 
discussion and actual research experience in local history. 

HISTORY 395— Internship. (Credit variable, up to 5 hours). Open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. Prerequisite: 



144 



Junior (with 3.5 GPA) or Senior standing (with 3.0 GPA minimum). 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project involv- 
ing off-campus study and research in a government or private agency. 
Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven week quarter for 
completion, during which time the student will be under the joint 
supervision of the sponsoring agency and his faculty advisor. Application 
and credit arrangements must be made through the department by 
mid-quarter preceding the quarter of the internship. 

UNITED STATKS HISTORY 

HISTORY 351— History of American Thought I. (5-0-5). Fall, 1977. 
An examination of the principal trends in American thought to L865. 

HISTORY 352— History of American Thought II. (5-0-5). Fall, 1978. 
A continuation of History 351 to the present. 

HISTORY :*<>:>— The American Indian. (5-0-5). Spring, 1979. 

A study of the history and cultures of the aborigines of the Americas. 

HISTORY 367— American Urban History. (5-0-5). Spring, 1978. 

A study of the process of urbanization in America from colonial times to 
the present, with attention to the causes of urban expansion, institutional 
development, class structure arid mobility, problems of the city, reform, 
the image of the city in popular thought, and the impact of urbanization 
on national life. 

HISTORY 371— Colonial and Revolutionary America. (5-0-5). Spring, 
1978. 

A study of the discoveries of the New World and the settlement and 
growth of the English colonies of North America, the American triumph 
over France in the New World, the drastic change in British colonial 
policy and the rise of American opposition to it, the achievement of 
independence and the establishment of the United States under the 
Constitution. 

HISTORY 373— The Middle Period of American History. (5-0-5). 
Spring. 1979. 

The political, economic, and cultural development of the Republic from 
1820 to the decade of the I850's with particular attention to Jacksonian 
Democracy, slavery and abolitionism, and the impact of westward 
expansion. 

HISTORY 375— Civil War and Reconstruction. (5-0-5). Winter. 

The causes and significance of the American Civil War, with minor 
consideration of the military campaign; political, economic and social 
aspect of reconstruction. 

HISTORY 376— Foundations of Modern America. (5-0-5). Winter, 
1978. 



14;, 



An analysis of institutions and forces which molded American life in the 
late 19th and eary 20th centuries, including politics, economics, society, 
and thought. 

HISTORY 378— Recent American History. (5-0-5). Spring, 1978. 
The course covers twentieth century American History, with emphasis 
on political, economic, and social issues. 

HISTORY 379— Contemporary America. (5-0-5). Spring, 1979. 
An examination of the society of the United States since World War II, 
with special emphasis given to the major social and cultural trends. 

HISTORY 400 — Seminar in American History. (5-0-5). Permission of 
instructor required for admission. Offered on demand. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced students to pursue intensive 
research on a special topic in the field to be defined by the instructor. 

HISTORY 454— Studies in American Diplomacy I. (5-0-5). Fall, 1977. 
Prerequisite: History 251, or equivalent. 

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs from 
colonial times to 1890. 

HISTORY 455— Studies in American Diplomacy II. (5-0-5). Winter, 
1978. Prerequisite: History 252, or equivalent. 
A continuation of History 454 to the present. 

HISTORY 485-486— Independent Study in United States History. (1-5 
hours credit). Available each quarter. Prerequisites: a minimum of 120 
credit hours, including 20 hours in History at the 300-level or above. 
Admission by approval of Departmental committee. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and 
reading in the field under the supervision of a member of the staff. 
Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the advisor, and 
written reports and essays. Normally open only to students with a B 
average (3.0) in History and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Application must 
be filed with the Department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of the 
Independent Study contemplated. 

HISTORY 496— American Historiography. (5-0-5). Spring, 1978. 

A study of the writing of American history from colonial times to the 
present with emphasis on the historical philosophies and interpretations 
of the major schools of thought as well as individual historians. Recom- 
mended especially to students contemplating graduate work in History. 

HISTORY 505— United States: 1914 to Present. (5-0-5). Summer, 
1977. 

Covering the most recent period in U.S. History, the course em- 
phasizes political, economic, and social issues. 



146 



HISTORY 514— United States: Diplomatic- History I. (5-0-5). Fall, 

1978. 

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs from 
colonial times through the Civil War. 

HISTORY 515— United States: Diplomatic History II. (5-0-5). Winter, 
L979. 

A continuation of History 514 to the present. 

HISTORY 516— United States: Constitutional History. (5-0-5). Sum- 
mer, l'.'T 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution of the 
United Stat. 

EUROPEAN HISTORY 

HISTORY 333— Modern Germany; 1789-1938. (5-0-5). Offered on de- 
mand. 

A study of Gei-many from the pluralism of the Holy Roman Empire 
through the German confederation to the unified Reich. Attention will be 
given to the political, social, and cultural developments in Austria, 
Prussia, and the "Third Germany." 

HISTORY 336— Modern East Central Europe. (5-0-5). Fall, 1978. 

A survey of the history of the nations between Germany and Russia in 
the 19th and 20th centuries. Topics to be covered include the rise of 
nationalism, the gaining of independence, problems in establishing demo- 
cracy, experience during World War II, and the establishment of 
communist control. 

HISTORY 340— English History, 1660-1815. (5-0-5). Spring, 1979. 

An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, the constitutional 
revolution of 1688, the rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 18th 
century, the American colonial revolt, and England's relationship to the 
French Revolution. 

HISTORY 341— English History 1485-1060. (5-0-5). Winter, 1979. 
An analysis of political, constitutional, economic, and religious issues 
under the Tudors and early Stuarts, including the English Civil War. 

HISTORY 342— Ancient History. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle East, the Greek city 
states, the Roman republic and empire, with special emphasis on the 
social, political and cultural contributions of these ancient peoples. 

HISTORY 343— Early Middle Ages. A.I). 333— c.1000. (5-0-5). Fall, 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through the 
Carolingian period with special emphasis on the institutional develop- 
ments which led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of the chaos of 
the barbarian invasions. 



147 



HISTORY 343— Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333— c. 1000. (5-0-5). Fall, 
1!)7S. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through the 
Carolingian period with special emphasis on the institutional develop- 
ments which led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of the chaos of 
the barbarian invasions. 

HISTORY 344— The High Middle Ages, c.1000 to c.1300. (5-0-5). 
Winter. 1979. 

The history of Europe from c.1000 to c.1300 with emphasis on the 
struggle between church and state, the Crusade movement, and the 12th 
century intellectual renaissance, all of which profoundly influenced the 
development of the various medieval kingdoms. 

HISTORY 345— The Late Middle Ages and Renaissance. (5-0-5). Fall, 
1977, evening. 

The history of Europe from c.1300 to 1517 with emphasis on the 
political, cultural, and intellectual developments which transformed 
medieval and Renaissance society. 

HISTORY 346— Reformation Era. (5-0-5). Fall, 1977. 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing its major issues and 
movements, and their devlopment through the Thirty Years War. 
Political, social, and economic, as well as religious facets of the upheaval 
will be considered. 

HISTORY 347— The French Revolution and Napoleon. (5-0-5). Fall. 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime and the Enlightenment in 
France, with emphasis on the impact of the French Revolution and the 
career of Napoleon upon the major European nations. 

HISTORY 348— The History of Europe from 1815 to 1900. (5-0-5). 
Winter, 1978, evening. 

A study of the most important social, political, and intellectural 
directions of European history from the Congress of Vienna to the end of 
the nineteenth century. 

HISTORY 349— Absolutism and the Enlightenment. (5-0-5). Winter. 
1979. 

The primary focus of this course is the social and intellectual history of 
western Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. 

HISTORY 350— Europe in the Twentieth Century. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A study of the major developments in Europe since 1900, with 
emphasis upon the origins and impact of the First and Second World 
Wars. 

HISTORY 410 — Seminar in European History. (5-0-5). Permission of 
instructor required for admission. Winter, 1978. 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem in European history by 
examination of primary materials. 



L48 



HISTORY 483-484— Independent Study in European History. (1-5 
hours credit.) Available each quarter. 

Sec History 185-486 (United States History) for prerequisites and 
admission requirements. 

HISTORY 195— European Historiography. (5-0-5). Fall, L978. 
A study of the writers of history in the Western cultural tradition, with 
an emphasis on the historical philosophies, interpretations, and problems 

raised by the major modern European historians. Recommended espe- 
cially to students contemplating graduate work in History. 

RUSSIAN. ASIAN. LATIN-AMERICAN HISTORY 

HISTORY 320— The Civilization of China and the Far East, I. (5-0-5). 
Kali. 

The history of Fast Asia civilization from ancient times through the 
eighteenth century, with emphasis on characteristic political, economic, 
and social developments. 

HISTORY 321— The Civilization of China and the Far Fast, II. (5-0-5). 
Winter. 
The history of East Asian nations from the nineteenth century to the 

present, with emphasis on political, social, economic, and intellectual 
developments. 

HISTORY 322— History of Japan. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A survey of the history of Japan, with major emphasis placed upon the 
development of Japan since L600. 

HISTORY 329— Medieval Russia. (5-0-5). Spring, 1 ( .'7-. 

A survey of the economic, social, and political development of the 
Russian state from its foundation in the 0th century through its moderni- 
zation by Peter the Great in the early ISth century. 

HISTORY 330— Modern Russia. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. The 

major political, cultural, economic, and social developments of Russia in 
both the Imperial and Soviet periods will be covered. 

HISTORY 431— The Russian Revolution. (5-0-5). Spring, 1978. Pre- 
requisite: Permission of the instructor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary tradition, the causes for 
the collapse of Tsarism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the 
Russian Civil War. 

HISTORY 481-482— Independent Study in Russian/Asian/Latin- 
American History. (1-5 hours credit). Available each quarter. 

Sec History 185 l s <*> (United States History) for prerequisites and 
admission requirements. 



i io 



HISTORY 535— History of Russian Foreign Policy. (5-0-5). Fall, 1977, 
evening. 

This course reviews historically the development of Soviet foreign 
policy toward Western European states, notably Germany, and also with 
the non- European world through 1917-1940, World War II, and Cold War 
phases. Special attention will be given in this last phase to U.S. -Soviet 
rivalry, Soviet relations with other communist states in Eastern Europe, 
China, and with the Third World, and to the recent moves toward 
detente. 

GEOGRAPHY 

GEOGRAPHY 111— World Human Geography. (5-0-5). Winter and 
Summer, 1978 

A survey of world human geography, emphasizing population charac- 
teristics, topographic features, distribution of economic activities and 
geopolitical problems within the major geographic regions. Consideration 
of adequacy of resources to support expanding world populations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 113— Government of the United States. (5-0- 
5). Offered each quarter. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functions of the national 
government in the United States and some of the major problems of the 
state and local government. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 300— Political Behavior. (5-0-5). Winter. Pre- 
requisites: Political Science 113 and Mathematics 220 or equivalent. 

This course emphasizes the economic, psychological, and social aspects 
of political behavior. It examines the concepts of power, roles, groups, 
elites, decision-making, political communications, and systems analysis. 
Consideration is also given to the basic theories, variables, and hypoth- 
eses used in empirical research in political science. Designed primarily for 
those students intending to go to graduate school. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 304— Politics of Bureaucracy. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

This is a one-quarter course that is primarily concerned with organiza- 
tional theory and bureaucratic behavior, whether public or private, but 
with an emphasis on the behavior of the bureaucracy of the national 
government. Attention will also be given the political process as it unfolds 
in the administration of laws enacted by the Congress. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 305— State and Local Government. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

This course is concerned primarily with the political process and the 
behavior of political actors at the local and state levels of government in 
the United States. It is concerned with the techniques and research 
results of the relevant empirical literature that has evolved over the past 



150 



15 years in the field; i.e., local community studios of Floyd Hunter, 
Robert A. Dahl, and others. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 317— Constitutional Law I. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A study of the development of the United States government through 

judicial interpretation of the Constitution. The case study method of 
analysis is used, but some attention is given also to recent behavioral 
writing on judicial decision-making. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 318— Constitutional Law II. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

A continuation of Political Science 317. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 320— Internationa] Relations: The Far East. 
(5-0-5). Fall, 1979. 

Contemporary international politics in the Far Fast are examined in 
terms of such broad historical trends as the decline of imperialism, the 
development of nationalism, and the rise of the U.S., U.S.S.R., People's 
Republic of China, and Japan as major powers in Asia. 

Some attention will be given to contemporary key issues such as the 
Sino-Soviet conflict, the future of Formosa, U.S. -Japan Mutual Security 
Treaty revision, and U.S. -Japan economic interaction. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 325— International Organization. (5-0-5). 
Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, structures and functions of 
international organizations, with emphasis upon the role of these institu- 
tions in the maintenance of peace. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 326— International Law. (5-0-5). Spring. Pre- 
requisite: Political Science 113 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to selected public international law topics including: 
recognition, state succession, jurisdiction, extradition, nationality, the 
law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of war. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 329— International Relations. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and practices dominating 
contemporary international relations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 331— Political Theory I. (5-0-5). Fall. 

An historical study of the development of ideas relative to the state and 
government from Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth Century. 
Attention is directed primarily to the political thought of a selected group 
of eminent philosophers. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 332— Political Theory II. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of Political Science 331, from the 17th to the 20th 
century. 



151 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 333— Contemporary Political Ideologies.. 
(5-0-5). Spring, evening. Prerequisite: Political Science 332 or permission 
of instructor. 

A continuation of Political Science 332, including a general survey and 
analysis of the important ideological currents of our time with selected 
in-depth readings from original sources. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 341— Politics of Developing Nations. (5-0-5). 
Fall, 1978. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of instructor. 

An analysis of the theories, concepts, and the process of the political 
development and modernization of the emerging nations. 

A general introduction to the concepts and problems of political 
integration, transformation of political culture, elite recruitment/political 
socialization, and political processes of selected emerging nations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 348— Comparative Government: Western 
Europe. (5-0-5). Spring, 1978. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analytical and comparative study of the major Western European 
governments, with principal emphasis upon the analysis of the conditions 
which led to effective and stable parliamentary government and those 
which lead to the inefficiency, instability and breakdown of such systems. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 349— Comparative Government: Soviet 
Union. (5-0-5). Spring, 1979. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analytical and comparative study of the political system of the 
U.S.S.R. and the Soviet bloc of nations in Eastern Europe. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 395— Internship. (Credit variable, up to 5 
hours). Prerequisite: Junior (with 3.5 GPA) or Senior standing (with a 3.0 
GPA minimum). 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project involv- 
ing off-campus study and research in a government or private agency. 
Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven-week quarter 
for completion, during which time the student will be under joint 
supervision by the sponsoring agency and his faculty advisor. Application 
and arrangements must be made through the department by mid-quarter 
preceding the quarter of the internship. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty 
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 400— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Admission will 
be subject to approval of the instructor. Offered on demand. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue research and reading in 
some field of political science under the supervision of the staff. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 403— Public Policy Development. (5-0-5). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 304 or permission of the instruc- 
tor. 



152 



This course is primarily concerned with a study of the theoretical 
aspects of decision-making theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive model 
vs. incremental model), political aspects of policy-making process, mobili- 
zation of political support, and the cost/benefit aspects of the public 
policy-making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the general theory of public 
policy-making to specific settings of welfare policy, urban problems, and 
national defense/foreign policy. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 418— Administrative Law. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113. 
This course explores the framework of law governing administrative 

agencies including: administrative power and its control by the courts, 
the determination and enforcement of administrative programs, discre- 
tion of administrative officials and their powers of summary actions, 
hearings before administrative boards, and the respective spheres of 
administrative and judicial responsibility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem of the maintenance of 
traditional procedural safeguards in administrative law and the problem 
of civil rights with relation to administrative law and the problem of civil 
rights with relation to administrative boards. Leading cases will be 
examined. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 490-491-492— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l- 
5). Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: a minimum of 120 credit hours, 

including at least 20 hours in Political Science at the 300-level or above. 
Admission is by approval of a Departmental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and 
reading in some field of political science under the supervision of a member 
of the staff. Kmphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the 
advisor and written reports and essays. Normally open only to students 
with a B average (3.0) in Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. 
Application must be filed with the Department by mid-quarter preceding 
the quarter of the Independent Study contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty 
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

The following graduate courses in Political Science are (,/x n to 

qualified undi rgraduates with advisor approval and permission of the 

instructor. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 511— American Presidency.. (5-0-5). Sum- 
mer. 

Offers an in-depth survey of the office of the Presidency, with the 
principal emphasis on the relations of the executive branch with the 
Congress and the Court system. Some attention will be given to the 
evolution of the Presidency to its present dominant position in the 
American political process. (Completion of a survey course in American 
History is desirable.) 



153 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 535— Origins of Totalitarianism. (5-0-5). 
Summer, 1977; Fall 1978. 

An analysis of the socio-psychological basis' of modern totalitarian 
movements. Major emphasis will be placed on pre- World War II Nazi 
Germany. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 540— Comparative Political Analysis. (5-0-5). 
Summer, 1978. 

This course is mainly theoretical. It deals with the various approaches, 
concepts, and methodologies that are being used in the analysis of 
comparative politics, viz: the traditional approach (formal-legal), group 
theory of politics, systems analysis, structural-functional analysis, com- 
munications theory, decision-making theory, game theory, etc. At the 
same time, each approach is examined as it is used in comparing the 
politics of various countries. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 546— Far Eastern Government and Politics. 
(5-0-5). Fall, 1977. 

Description and comparative analysis of the political systems of Com- 
munist China and Japan. Special attention is given to historical develop- 
ment, political institutions and processes, political culture, political 
socialization, and contemporary problems. 

JOURNALISM 
(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 

Professor Hugh Pendexter, III, Head; Professor Emeritus Lubs; 
Professors Anchors, Easterling, Jones, Killorin, Strozier; Associate 
Professors Brooks, Noble; Assistant Professors Brown, Harris, Jenkins, 
Lawson, Ramsey, Suchower, Welsh and White. 

Entering students should begin the required English composition 
sequence no later than the second quarter of their attendance. By doing so, 
students will have had the opportunity to complete the required sequence 
prior to taking the Regents Examination. 

Students enrolled in degree programs which require a foreign language 
must show proficiency in the appropriate language at the required level 
by successfully completing standardized examinations administered by 
members of the foreign language faculty in the Department of Languages 
and Literature. This requirement applies to students enrolled at 
Armstrong State College and taking their foreign language courses on 
this campus and to students who, while enrolled at Armstrong State 
( Jollege, take their foreign language courses on another campus. Students 
transferring to Armstrong State College, after having completed the 
required foreign language sequence at another college, are not required 
to complete the proficiency examinations at Armstrong. 



154 



Entering freshmen who wish to exempt the foreign Language require- 
ment may do so by successfully completing the proficiency examination 
through the level required in a specific degree program. For further 

information on the exemption process, the student should contact the 
Head of the Department of Languages and Literature. 

Program for the Degn < 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

1. English 111, 112,211,222 20 

2. Mathematics 101 . 290 10 

Laboratory Science Sequence 1<» 

1. History 1 1-!. 1 1"» and History 2.">1 or 2-">2 15 

•"). Political Science 1 13 and on.' course selected from: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 
ciology 201, Economics 201, Criminal Justice 1<»<» 
• i. Foreign Language 101, 102, 1<»:;. 201 20 

7. Two courses selected from: 10 

Art 200, 271. 272. 27:!: Music 200; 
Philosophy 2H1; Drama Speech 227, 228 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 101 and four 

activities courses 

B. ( Jourses in Major Field 1" 

1 . English 406 5 

2. One course in English Literature before 1800 

to be selected from: 5 

English 301, 302, 304 

3. One course in English Literature after 1800 

to be selected from: 5 

English 305, 306, 307 

■4. One course in American Literature to In- 
selected from 5 

English 308, 309, 310 

•"). Ten hour survey of World Literature: 

English 327, 328 10 

6. Two additional courses in English Language 

or in literature in 



C. Related Field Requirements 2."> 

Courses numbered 300 or above in the following 

areas: Art, Drama Speech. History. Literature. 
Music, Philosophy 

D. Electives 2.~> 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

V nx; mm for tin I). 

Bachelor of Arts with u Major in English 
(Drama-Speech Concentration) 

Qua 
A. General Requirements . . . . 1<U 

1. English 111. 112. 211 222 .... 

2. Mathematics KU. 2!»<) pi 



•rtain eours tempted by examinal 



1 .").") 



3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 1 14, 115; History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 1 13 and one course selected from: 10 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201, 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201, Criminal Justice 100 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

7. Drama/Speech 227 5 

8. One course selected from: 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201 

9. Physical Education 101 and 103 or 108 and four 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Concentration 40 

Drama/Speech 341, 342, 345, 356, 450; and 
Drama/Speech 400 or English 400 or English 401 

C. Courses in Related Fields 30 

1. Drama/Speech 228 5 

2. English 320, 322, 406 15 

3. Comparative Literature 318 5 

4. English 325 or 410 5 

D. Electives 20 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Program for Secondary School Teachers of English 

Qua tier Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

1. English 111, 112, 211 222 20 

2. Mathematics 101, 290 , 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 and one course to be selected 10 

from: Psychology 101, sociology 201, 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201, Criminal Justice 100 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

7. Drama/Speech 228 or 314 and one of the following: 10 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and 

three activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Major 40 

1. English 406 5 

2. One course in British Literature before 1800 to 

be selected from English 301, 302, 304 5 

3. One course in British Literature after 1800 to be 

selected from English 305, 306, or 307 5 

4. One course in American Literature to be selected 

from English 308, 309, 310 5 

5. Ton hour survey of World Literature: English 

327 and 32S 10 

6. English 325 or 410 5 

7. One additional English course — 300 or 400 level 5 

( '. Related Field Requirements 20 

Four courses (300 level or above) to be selected 
from the following disciplines: Art, Drama/Speech 
History, Music, Philosophy 



Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 35. 



156 



D. Professional Sequence 45 

1. Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10 

2. Education 203, 330, 42:.. 439, 446, 447, Us 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 206 

mrse Offerings 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 225— Introduction to American Civili- 
zation. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

Themes and issues of American Civilization since colonial times, with 
emphasis on modern setting, using interdisciplinary approaches. 

Course Offerings 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

English 211 is prerequisite to all 300-400 level Comparative Literature 
courses. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 317— Ancient Epic and Lyric. 
(5-0-5). 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 318— Ancient Drama. (5-0-5). 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 400— Special Topics. To be 
announced as offered. (i 5-0-5). 

mrse Offerings 

ENGLISH 

ENGLISH 110 — English as a Second Language. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

This course is designed to prepare students whose native language is 
not English to do normal college composition work. Students who pass 
this course will be eligible for English 111, or upon recommendation by 
the instructor, for English 112. Admission is by placement test or by 
permission of the instructor. May not be used in Area I of the Core unless 
the student meets proficiency level established by the department. 

ENGLISH 111— Composition and Fiction. (5-0-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. 

Assignment to this course is based upon the results of the Diagnostic 
Test for placement in beginning English courses or upon successful 
completion of English *»<> or English 110. The instruction focuses on 
rhetoric, organization of ideas, and techniques of reading. 

ENGLISH 1 12— ( imposition and Poetry. (5-0-5). ( Offered each quarter. 
Prerequisite: English 111 or English 191. 



157 



ENGLISH 191— Honors Composition. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Instruction in this course will not follow the traditional lecture method 
only; the student will read widely and write a research paper (or papers) 
in the fashion which the instructor thinks will best discipline him for 
independent study. This course replaces English 111 for selected stu- 
dents. 

ENGLISH 192 — Honors Composition and Introduction to Literature. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 191 or a grade of "A" in English 111. 
Winter. 

In this course, the student will read more extensively than for English 
112 and will write critical papers. 

ENGLISH 211 — Composition and Drama. (4-2-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. Prerequisite: English 112 or English 192. 

This course is prerequisite to all 300-400 level courses in English and 
Comparative Literature. 

ENGLISH 222— Literature and the Human Condition. (5-0-5). Offered 
every quarter. Prerequisite: English 221. 

A course ordered around one or all of these questions: (1) man's nature, 
needs and goals; (2) his place in nature; (3) his relationship to human 
society. The works read may investigate in depth one point of view on 
these questions or may explore several contrasting viewpoints. The stu- 
dent will be asked to order and express, at least tentatively, his own 
views. No term or research paper required. 

ENGLISH 250 — Intermediate Composition. (5-0-5). (Institutional 
Credit). Offered on demand. 

A course designed to correct deficiencies in writing revealed by the 
Regents Examination. Prerequisite: Completion of the English core 
requirements of the student's program. Does not count in the core. 

ENGLISH 211 is prerequisite for all 300-4-00 level courses. 

ENGLISH 300— Early English Literature: Beginnings through 1603. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 302— 17th Century British Literature: 1603-1700. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 304— 18th Century British Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 305— 19th Century I: British Romantic Poetry and Prose. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 306— 19th Century II: British Victorian Poetry and Prose. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 307— 20th Century British Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 



158 



ENGLISH 308— American I: Beginnings through Cooper. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 309— American II: Emerson through Twain. (5-0-5). Offered 

on demand. 

ENGLISH 310— American III: Rise of Naturalism to the Present. 

(5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 320— British Drama: Beginnings through 1750. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 322— Modern British, American, and Continental Drama: 
Ibsen to the Present. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 325— Advanced Grammar. (5-0-5). Oft^vvd on demand. 

This is a study of current approaches to grammar (including 
generative-transformational); phonology, morphology and syntax will be 
studied. 

ENGLISH 327— World Literature I. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
A study of major works and movements in world literature through the 
Renaissance. 

ENGLISH 328— World Literature II. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
A study of major works and movements in modern world literature. 

ENGLISH 320— Introduction to Literary Research and Writing. (2-0- 
2). Offered on demand. 

A course intended to increase the student's skill in gathering research 
materials and using bibliographies, to improve the style and mechanics of 
his scholarly papers, and to familiarize him with literary terminology. 
Highly recommended for those majors who plan to teach or enter 
graduate school. 

ENGLISH 331— Children's Literature. (Does not apply toward En- 
glish major). (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 340— Advanced Composition. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: English 211 or consent of instructor (does not apply toward 
English major). 

The study of expository and report techniques. 

ENGLISH 342— Creative Writing. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 222 
or consent of instructor. Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 400— Seminar. ( l-5)-0-(l-5). Topic to be announced as 
offered. Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 401— Seminar. ( l-5)-0-(l-5). Topic to be announced as 
offered. Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 405— Chaucer. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 406— Shakespeare. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 



L59 



ENGLISH 407— Milton. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 410— History of English Language. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

ENGLISH 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior status and English 211. Open to transient students 
only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

ENGLISH 491— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior status and English 211. Open to transient students 
only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

DRAMA/SPEECH 

Successful completion of English 111 is prerequisite to all Drama/ 
Speech courses except 227. 

DrS 217— Public Speaking. (2-0-2). Offered on demand. 
Theory and practice in varied public speaking situations; emphasis on 
organization, clarity, and delivery technique. 

DrS 227 — Theatre Laboratory. (0-3-1). Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student will work on the Mas- 
quers' production of the quarter. Only one hour of credit may be earned 
per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in Theatre Laboratory is 
five quarter hours. 

In the summer students may take up to five hours credit in DrS 227 by 
working part-time in summer theatre workshop (DrS 450). 

DrS 228— Fundamentals of Speech. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 111. 
Offered every quarter. 

Practice and theory of oral communication. Each student makes 
several major speeches. The physiology of the speech mechanism is 
covered, and articulation is studied within the framework of the Interna- 
tional Phonetic Alphabet. 

DrS 341 — Oral Interpretation. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequis- 
ite: English 111. 

A practical course in the oral interpretation of poetry and prose. The 
techniques of literary analysis are stressed along with the vocal 
techniques needed to communicate an author's mood and meaning. 

DrS 342 — Advanced Acting. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisites: 
English 111 plus at least two credit hours in DrS 227. 

Intensive study of characterization and styles of acting from several 
points: historical, critical, practical, theoretical, and experimental. Em- 
phasis on developing performance skills. 



h;o 



DrS 345 — History of the Theatre. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisite: English 111. 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning to the present day. The 
course emphasizes the development of the physical theatre. 

DrS 346 — Play Production. (5-0-5). offered on demand. Prerequisite: 
English 111. 

A course in the theory and practice of acting and directing, with special 
attention to image-making on stage. Individuals under supervision pre- 
pare and execute the production of scenes and short plays. 

DrS 347— Basic TV Production. (2-9-5). 

A course in the theory and practice of television production styles, 
forms, and concepts, with special emphasis on the critical appreciation of 
electronic communication technique. 

DrS : > >o0— Film as an Art. (5-0-5). 

Study of history and development of cinema and cinematic genres with 
emphasis on critical appreciation of film as an art form. (Course may be 
repeated when topic changes.) 

DrS 400— Special Topics. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Prerequisite: English 111. 
The specific subject matter in this course will be determined and 
announced by the professor at the time when the course is offered. 

DrS 4.~>o-4.") 1-452 — Drama Workshop. (0-15-5 each course). Offered in 
summer only. 

This course is summer stock theatre for credit. Students will be 
directed and instructed by a member of the faculty who is a professional 
in the theatre. All aspects of production will be studied. 

DrS 4D0— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisites: Senior status plus English 111 plus at least one 300 level DrS 
course. Open to transient students only with the permission of Dean of 
Facualty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Coursi off* rings 

PHILOSOPHY 

Successful completion of English in is pn requisite to all Philosophy 
court 

PHILOSOPHY 201— Introduction to Philosophy. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: English 111. 

The fundamentals of philosophy, the meaning and function of 
philosophy, the vocabulary and problems of philosophy, and the relation 
of philosophy to art, science, and religion. Includes a survey of the basic 
issues and major types of philosophy and shows their sources in experi- 
ence, history, and representative thinkers. 



n>i 



PHILOSOPHY 301— History of Philosophy: Ancient and Medieval. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English 111. 

An historical introduction to philosophy, tracing the development of 
European philosophy from the early Greeks through the Middle Ages, 
with emphasis on selected works of major philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY 302— History of Philosophy: Modern. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: English 111. 

European philosophy from the Renaissance through Kant, emphasizing 
selected works of major philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY 303— 19th and 20th Century Philosophy. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: English 111. Offered on demand. 

A study of the major philosophers in philosophical movements of the 
19th and 20th centuries. 

PHILOSOPHY 400— Special Topics. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: One 200 or 300 level philosophy course. 

The specific subject matter in this course will be determined and 
announced by the professor at the time when the course is offered. 

PHILOSOPHY 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Senior status and English 111. 

The student, with the advice and consent of his supervising professor 
and of the department head, will select the topic for supervised 
independent study and will submit a prospectus for department approval 
before the quarter in which the course is to be taken. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

JOURNALISM 

JOURNALISM 227^Journalism Laboratory. (0-3-1). Offered on de- 
mand. 

Practical experience in journalism. Students will work under instruc- 
tion on the college newspaper staff. Only one hour's credit may be earned 
per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in Journalism Laboratory 
is five quarter hours. Admission by permission of the instructor. 

Course Offerings 

FRENCH 

FRENCH 101-102-103— Elementary French.(5-0-5)(5-0-5)(5-0-5). Of- 
fered each year. 



162 



A course for beginners. The approach is primarily oral, and daily 
practice with tape recordings is required.* 

To receive credit for French 103, a student must successfully complete 
the Modern Language Association L level test in French. 

FRENCH 201— Intermediate French. (5-0-5). (Hfvn'd on demand. 
Prerequisite: three quarters of college French or three years of high 
school French. 

Further reading of texts, and oral and composition practice. To receive 
credit for French 201, a student must pass the appropriate national 
standardized test. 

FRENCH 300— Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Winter. Pre- 
requisite: French 201. 

FRENCH 301— French Literature of the Middle Ages and the Renais- 
sance. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 

FRENCH 302— French Classical Drama. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: French 201. 
Selected plays of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. 

FRENCH 304— French Literature of the 19th Century. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered on demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 

A study of Romantic prose, poetry, and drama, with lectures and 
discussions in French. 

FRENCH 305— French Literature of the 19th Century: Realism and 
Naturalism. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 

FRENCH 351-352-353— Study Abroad in France. (15 hours credit). 
Prerequisite: French 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in France in 
conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University System of 
rgia. The program is offered in Dijon for a period of nine weeks. 
During this time the student will receive intensive instruction in language 
and culture and will be expected to engage in co-curricular activities 
sponsored by the University of Dijon and USG. 

FRENCH 401— French Literature of the Twentieth Century. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: French 201. 

This course is a study of contemporary prose, poetry, and drama with 
lectures and discussions in French. This course, normally the last course 
in French that a student would take, includes a serious term paper of 
considerable magnitude to be written in French. 

FRENCH 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior status and French 201. open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and coll. 
from which the student com. 



i T ihi- libran 






Course Offerings 

GERMAN 

GERMAN 101-102-103— Elementary German. (5-0-5)(5-0-5)(5-0-5). Of- 
fered each year. 

Elements of reading and writing; basic vocabulary; simple conversation; 
essentials of grammar. * To receive credit for German 103, a student must 
pass the appropriate national standardized test. 

GERMAN 201— Intermediate German. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Three quarters of college German or three years of high school German. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. To receive 
credit for German 201, a student must pass the appropriate national 
standarized test. 

GERMAN 211— Scientific German. (3-0-3). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisite: same as 201. 

Readings in scientific and technical material with special attention to 
grammatical difficulties encountered in this literature. 

GERMAN 300 — Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 305— 19th Century German Literature. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 307— 20th Century German Literature. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 351-352-353— Study Abroad in Germany. (15 hours credit). 
Prerequisite: German 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Germany in 
conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University System of 
Georgia. The program is offered in Germany for a period of nine weeks. 
During this time the student will receive intensive instruction in language 
and culture and will participate in University sponsored activities. 

GERMAN 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Senior status and German 201. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 



* Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the library. These tapes are recorded at 7Vfe i.p.s. 



164 



Course Offerings 

LATIN 

LATIN 101-102-103— Elementary Latin. (5-0-5)(5-0-5)(5-0-5). Offered 
each year. 

Essentials of grammar; readings from selected Latin authors. 

LATIN 201— Intermediate Latin. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Further reading in Latin literature with special emphasis on Vergil and 
Ovid. 

Course Offerings 

RUSSIAN 

RUSSIAN 101-102-103— Elementary Russian. (5-0-5)(5-0-5)(5-0-5). Of- 
fered each year. 

These courses are for the purpose of providing the student with the 
elements of Russian reading, composition, and conversation.* To receive 
credit for Russian 103, a student must pass the appropriate national 
standardized test. 

RUSSIAN 201— Intermediate Russian. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Russian 103. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. To receive 
credit for Russian 201, a student must pass the appropriate national 
standardized tests. 

Course Offerings 

SPANISH 

SPANISH 101-102-103— Elementary Spanish. (5-0-5)(5-0-5)(5-0-5). Of- 
fered each year. 

These courses are for the purpose of providing the student with the 
elements of Spanish reading, composition, and conversation. * To receive 
credit for Spanish 103, a student must pass the appropriate national 
standardized test. 

SPANISH 201— Intermediate Spanish. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Three quarters of college Spanish or three years of high school Spanish. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. To receive 
credit for Spanish 201, a student must successfully pass the appropriate 
national standardized test. 

SPANISH 300— Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Winter Pre- 
requisite: Spanish 201. 



* Students who own tape machines may check copies . »f taped lessons out < >f the library. These tapes are recorded at 7V4 i.p.s. 



165 



SPANISH 351-352-353— Study Abroad in Spain. (15 hours credit). 
Prerequisite: Spanish 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Spain in 
conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University System of 
Georgia. The program is offerd in Salamance for a period of nine weeks. 
During this time the students will receive intensive instruction in 
language and culture which will be complemented by a number of 
excursions. 

SPANISH 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior status and Spanish 201. Open to transient students 
only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 
(See listing under Department of Education.) 

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Professor Richard M. Summerville, Head; Professor Emeritus Winn; 
Professor Hudson; Associate Professors Hinkel, Kilhefner, Munson, and 
Shipley; Assistant Professors Findeis, Leska, and Netherton; Instructors 
Hinds and Jameson. 

The department offers four basic programs of study — each leading to 
the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in the mathematical sciences. 
Under this one degree designation students may pursue concentrations 
entitled "Pure Mathematics Emphasis", "Applied Mathematics Em- 
phasis", "Mathematics Education", and "Computer Science". The 
mathematics education concentration is specifically designed to prepare 
teachers of secondary mathematics and is an approved program for the 
Georgia Teacher's Professional Four- Year Certificate (T-4). 

In addition to the above programs, the Department of Mathematics and 
Computer Science cooperates with the Department of Business Ad- 
ministration to offer the B.B.A. degree with a major in information 
systems. Details concerning this degree program are given under the 
catalogue entry for the Department of Business Administration. The 
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science also participates in 
the Dual Degree Program of Armstrong State College and the Georgia 
Institute of Technology under which students may, in five years of study, 
earn simultaneously the B.S. degree in the mathematical sciences 
(applied mathematics emphasis) from Armstrong and the Bachelor's 
degree in any one of a number of fields of engineering from Georgia Tech. 

Students who wish to pursue any of the above degree programs should 
consult with the department head before their first quarter in residence for 
advisement and planning of their academic program. 



166 



jram for tht !>• 
Bachelor with a Major in tht 

Mathematical S 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

1. English 111. 112. 211 15 

2. < hie of the courses: 5 

Art 2(M>. 271. 272. 27:!; English 222: 
Musk- 200; Philosophy 201 

3. One of thf sequences: 10 

Biology 101-102; Chemistry 128-129; 

Physics 217-2 

1. History 114. 115, and either 251 or 252 L5 

.">. Political Science 113 5 

6. One of the courses: 

Psychology 101 (required for the concentration 
in Mathematics Education), Sociology 201, 
Criminal Justice LOO, Economics 201, 
Anthropology 201, 

7. Mathematics 101. L03, 104, 201, 202, 203 

8. Computer Science 1 10 

Physical Education LQ3 or 108 and 117 and tin 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in tht- Major Field •">•"> 

Each student majoring in the mathematical 
sciences must select one of the following 
four options and complete its requirements: 
OPTION ONE— PURE MATHEMATICS EMPHASIS: 
1. Mathematics 2G0. 311. 316. and either 

312 or 317 16 

Mathematics 401. 402 8 

Approved mathematics electivi 

(300-400 level) 16 

4. One foreign language or computer 

science sequence 15 

OPTION TWO— APPLIED MATHEMATICS EMPHASIS: 

lathematics 260, 316. 341. 342 17 

omputer Science 241 5 

3. Approved mathematics electivi 
(300-400 level), including at least two of 

the following courses: 15-18 

Mathematics 317. 321. 
406 

4. Physics 217. 218, 21!' or Computer Science 

242. Mathematics 220. and Computer Science 320 18-15 

OPTION THREE— MATHEMATICS EDUCATION: 

1. Mathematics 22<». 260, 311. 316, 330 22 

2. Approved mathematics electives 

0O400 level) 8 

3. Psychology 301 

ducat ion 208, 330. 441. and Special 

Education 2o:> 20 

OPTION FOUR— COMPUTER SCIENCE: 

1. Computer Science 241. 301, 302. 306 20 

2. Either Computer Science 341 or 401 

Mathematics 220, 260 10 

4. Approved electives in computer 



* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded - 



C. Related Field Requirements 15 

In addition to the above requirements, each student 
majoring in the mathematical sciences must complete 
fifteen quarter hours of approved courses in one field 
of study related to his major. Students completing the 
major requirements under option one (pure mathematics 
emphasis) or under option two (applied mathematics 
emphasis) may not use the same field to meet this requirement 
as was used to meet requirement (4) of the major. Students 
completing the major requirements under option three (mathematics 
education) must meet this requirement through student teaching 
(Education 446, 447, 448). 

D. Approved Electives 25 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Course Offerings 

MATHEMATICS 

MATHEMATICS 101— College Algebra. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: A student must have attained at least one of the 
following prior to enrolling; (a) a score of at least 420 on the mathematics 
portion of the SAT; or (b) a score of at least 20 on the Mathematics 
Diagnostic Test; or (c) a grade of "S" in Mathematics 099. Dates on which 
the diagnostic test is administered are given in the academic calendar in 
the front of the catalogue. Present text: Swokowski, Fundamentals of 
College Algebra. 

Real number arithmetic; polynomial and rational expressions; linear 
and quadratic equations; functions and graphs; inequalities; absolute 
value; sequences and progressions; the binomial theorem; techniques of 
counting and elementary probability. (May be exempted by examination 
with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 103— Pre-Calculus Mathematics. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or permission of 
the department head. Present text: Flanders and Price, Introductory 
College Mathematics with Linear Algebra and Finite Mathematics. 

Functions; polynomial, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic 
functions; mathematical induction; complex numbers; matrices, deter- 
minants, and systems of equations. (May be exempted by examination 
with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 104— Calculus I. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103 or permission of the department 
head. Present text: Leithold, The Calculus with Analytic Geometry. 

Functions; limits; continuity; the derivative and its applications. (May 
be exempted by examination with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 195— Applied Finite Mathematics with Calculus. 
(5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. 



168 



Present text: Lial and Miller, Mathematics with Applications in the 
Management, Natural, and Social Sciences. 

A survey of elementary analytic, linear, and finite mathematics as they 
relate to commerce, business, and life situations. 

MATHEMATICS 201— Calculus II. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 104. Present text: Leithold, The 
Calculus with Analytic Geometry. 

The Riemann integral and its applications; differential and integral 
calculus of exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions; 
techniques of integration. (May be exempted by examination with 
academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 202— Calculus III. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201. Present text: Leithold, The 
Calculus with Analytic Geometry. 

Polar coordinates; conic sections; hyperbolic functions; Taylor's formula; 
inderterminate forms; improper integrals; infinite series. 

MATHEMATICS 203— Calculus IV. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 202. Present text: Leithold, The 
Calculus with Analytic Geometry. 

Two and three-dimensional vectors; parametric equations; solid analytic- 
geometry; differential calculus of several vairables; multiple integration; 
line integrals. 

MATHEMATICS 220— Elementary Statistics. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, 
Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present text: Freund, 
Statistics: A First Course. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; probability distributions; 
inferences concerning means, standard deviations, and proportions; 
analysis of variance; correlation; regression. (May be exempted by 
examination with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 260— Logic, Proof, and Set Theory. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201. Present text: Zehna and Johnson, 
Elements of Set Theory. 

Elementary logic; naive set theory; relations and functions; Boolean 
algebras; ordering relations. 

MATHEMATICS 290— Topics in Mathematics. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, 
Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present text: Meyers, 
The Math Hook. 

A terminal course of selected topics designed to portray the history, 
philosophy, and aesthetics of mathematics, and to develop an appreciation 
of the role of mathematics in western thought and contemporary culture. 

MATHEMATICS 311-312— Abstract Algebra I, II. 311— (4-0-4), Fall; 

312 — (3-0-3), Winter (odd years). Prerequisite: Mathematics li(>o. Present 
text: Hillman and Alexanderson, A First Undergraduate Course in 
Abstract Algebra. 



Hi!) 



Classical topics in the elementary theory of groups, rings, and fields. 

MATHEMATICS 316-317— Linear Algebra I,, II. 316— (4-0-4), Winter; 
317— (3-0-3), Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 202, 260. Present text: 
Anton, Elementary Linear Algebra. 

Linear systems; vector spaces and linear transformations; matrices; 
determinants; normed linear spaces and inner product spaces. 

MATHEMATICS 321-322— Probability and Mathematical Statistics I, 
II. (4-0-4) each. 321— Fall (even years); 322— Winter (odd years). Pre- 
requisite: Mathematics 202. Present text: Freund, Mathematical Statis- 
tics. 

Probability spaces; random variables; algebra of expectation; random 
sampling; the law of large numbers; correlation and regression. 

MATHEMATICS 336-337— Modern Geometry I, II. 336— (4-0-4), Fall 
(odd years); 337 — (3-0-3). Winter (even years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 
260. Present test: Ewald, Geometry: An Introduction. 

A survey of selected topics from Euclidean, spherical, projective, and 
finite geometry. 

MATHEMATICS 341-342— Differential Equations I, II. (4-0-4) each. 
341 — Winter; 342 — Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 203. Present text: 
Boyce and DePrima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary 
Value Problems. 

Ordinary differential equations; series solutions; systems of first order 
differential equations; the Lapace transform; introduction to Fourier 
series; partial differential equations; Sturm-Liouville theory; applied 
problems. 

MATHEMATICS 346— Mathematical Modeling and Optimization. 
(4-0-4). Fall (odd years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 203. Present text: 
Hiller and Lieberman, Operations Research. 

Design, solution, and interpretation of mathematical models for prob- 
lems in the social, life, and management sciences. Topics chosen from 
linear programming, dynamic programming, scheduling theory, Markov 
chains, game theory, queueing theory, and inventory theory. 

MATHEMATICS 353— Numerical Analysis. (5-0-5). Summer (even 
years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203 and Computer Science 110. 
Present text: Conte and deBoor, Elementary Numerical Analysis. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear equations; 
numerical integration and numerical solution of differential equations; 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; calculation of eigenvalues 
and eigenvectors; boundary value problems. 

MATHEMATICS 360— Mathematical Logic. (3-0-3). Spring (even 
years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 260. Present text: Gustasonand Ulrich, 
Elementary Symbolic Logic. 

The elementary statement and predicate calculus; formal systems; 
applications of logic in mathematics. 



170 



MATHEMATICS 891— Basic Ideas of Arithmetic. (5-0-5). Winter, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present text: Copeland, 
Mathematics and the Elementary Teachi r. 

Fundamental concepts of arithmetic as they relate to the elementary 
school; current elementary school methods and materials used in arithme- 
tic instruction. (Credit will not apply toward a degree in the mathematical 

sciences.) 

MATHEMATICS 392— Basic Ideas of Geometry. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Mathematics 391. Present text: Haag, Hardgrove, 
and Hill, Elementary Geometry. 

Fundamental concepts of geometry as they relate to the elementary 
school; current elementary school methods and materials used in 
geometry instruction. (Credit will not apply toward a degree in the 

mathematical sciences. ) 

MATHEMATICS 400— Special Topics. (l-5)-(0)-(l-5). Offered by spe- 
cial arrangement. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and permission 
of the department head. 

Individual readings and research under the direction of a member of 
the mathematics faculty. 

MATHEMATICS 401-402— Fundamentals of Modern Analysis I, II. 
(4-0-4) each. 401— Spring; 402— Fall. Prerequisites: Mathematics 203 and 
either Mathematics 311 or 316. Present text: Sagan, Advanced ( 'alculus. 

The real number system; sequences and series; metric spaces; continu- 
ous functions on metric spaces; connectedness, completeness, compact- 
ness; the Riemann integral; the elementary functions; uniform con- 
vergence; the Weierstrass approximation theorem; the Legesgue integral; 
Fourier seri< 

MATHEMATICS 406— Functions of a Complex Variable. (5-0-5). 
Summer (odd years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203, 260. Present text: 
Churchill, Complex Variables with Applications. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and transformations; the 
Cauchy theory; conformal mapping; Riemann's mapping theorem. 

MATHEMATICS 416— Theory of Numbers. (3-0-3). Winter (even 
years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203, 260. Present text: Stewart, 
Theory of Numbers. 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reciprocity; Diophantine equa- 
tions; number-theoretic functions and their applications; selected ad- 
vanced topics from algebraic and analytic number theory. 

MATHEMSTICS 436— Topology. (3-0-3). Spring imU\ years). Pre- 
requisite: Mathematics 4ni. Present text: Dugundji, Topology. 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; separability; compactness; 
connectedness; completeness; metrizability; introduction to homotopy 

theory. 



171 



MATHEMATICS 470— History of Mathematics. (3-0-3). Fall (even 
years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203 and six quarter hours of 300-400 
level courses in mathematics. Present text: Eves, An Introduction to the 
History of Mathematics. 

A survey of the development of mathematics from its empirical 
beginnings to its present state. 

Course Offerings 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 110— Introduction to Computing. (4-3-5). 
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present 
texts: Hackworth and Howland, Introductory College Mathematics- 
Computers; Spencer, A Guide to BASIC Programming. 

BASIC programming and program structure; elementary logic and 
Boolean algebra; algorithms; flow charts; debugging; computer solutions of 
numeric and non-numeric problems; characteristics and applications of 
computers in modern society. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 231— Business Languages I. (4-3-5). Winter, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present texts: Fisher, An 
Introduction to RPG Programming; and Shelly and Cashman, Introduc- 
tion to Computer Programming -AN SI COBOL. 

Introduction to language and programming applications for small 
computer systems with RPG; programming and applications of COBOL in 
the commerical environment; concepts of file processing. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 232— Business Languages II. (4-3-5). Fall, 
Spring. Prerequisite: Computer Science 231. Present texts: Shelly and 
Cashman, Advanced ANSI COBOL Disk/Tape; and Shelly and Cashman, 
ANSI COBOL Workbook. 

Advanced COBOL programming for business applications; table handl- 
ing, sorting, and report generating facilities of COBOL; processing of 
tape and disk files. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 241— Scientific Languages I. (4-3-5). Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present texts: Sprowls, 
PLIC: A Processor for PL/1; and Merchant, Applied FORTRAN Prog- 
ram))! 'nig with Standard FORTRAN, WATFOR, WATFIV, and Struc- 
tured WATFIV. 

Programming of scientifically oriented problems in a higher-level 
language; language facilities for arrays, input/output, subroutines, non- 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 242— Scientific Languages II. (4-3-5). Fall 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 241. Present text: Peterson, Introduc- 
tion to Programming Languages. 

Comparative study of scientific programming languages including 
facilities for recursion, procedures, storage allocation techniques, string 
processing, and passing of parameters. 



172 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 301— Computer Organization and Program- 
ming. (4-3-5). Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 232 or 
Computer Science 241. Present text: Kuo, Assembler Languages for 
FORTRAN, COBOL, and PLIl Programmers. 

Introduction to systems programming via in-depth coverage of assem- 
bler language programming; operating systems; addressing techniques; 
internal storage structure; machine-level representation of instructions 
and data; subroutines; I/O; linkers and loaders; macro-facilities; mass data 
storage facilities. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 302— Data Structures. (4-3-5). Fall. Pre- 
requisite: Computer Science 301. Present text: Knuth, The Art of 
Computer Programming: Fundamental Algorithms, Vol. 1. 

Internal representation of arrays, queues, trees, stacks, and lists; 
hardware characteristics of large computer systems; concepts related to 
the interaction between data structures and storage structures for the 
generating, developing, and processing of data. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 306— Data and Programming Management. 
(4-3-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Computer Science 301. Present texts: 
Shelly and Cashman, OS Job Control Language; and Brown, System/360 
Job Control Language. 

Programming methodology for processing large quantities of data; job 
control language, utility programs, and data storage and retrieval utilizing 
mass storage devices. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 320— Statistical Methods for Computer 
Programming. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Mathematics 220 and Compu- 
ter Science 110. Present texts: Nie, et al., Statistical Package for the 
Social Sc 

Concepts and skills related to utilizing computers in statistical analysis, 
including the programming of statistical analyses and elementary simula- 
tions, the use of random number generators and the statistical evaluation 
of their output, and data analysis usino- nspkaowl svstpms 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 341— Programming Languages. (4 
Winter (even years). Prerequisites: ( Computer Science 242 and Computer 
Science 302. Present text: Pratt, Programming Languages: Design and 
Implementation. 

Formal definition of programming languages; specification of syntax 
and semantics; precedence rules for operators; translation between infix, 
prefix, and postfix notations; subroutines and coroutines: block struc- 
tures; list structures; string structures. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 353— Numerical Analysis. (5-0-5). Summer 
(even years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203 and Computer Science 110. 
Present text: Conte and de Boor, EU mentary Sunn deal Analysis. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear equations; 
numerical integration and numerical solution of differential equations; 



17;; 



matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; calculation of eigenvalues 
and eigenvectors; boundary value problems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 401— Systems Programming I. (4-3-5). 
Winter (odd years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 302. Present text: 
Donovan, Systems Programming. 

Software requirements for support of computer systems, especially in a 
multiprogrammed environment; addressing techniques; file system or- 
ganization and management; I/O; control systems; spooling; interrupts; 
reentrant code; user services; executive systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 402— Systems Programming II. (4-3-5). 
Spring (odd years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 401. Present text: 
Dovovan. Systems Programming. 

Design and analysis of operating systems; memory management; name 
management; file systems; segmentation; paging; protection; resource 
allocation. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 406— Design of Programming Systems. (3- 
0-3). Summer (odd years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 402. Text: To 
be selected. 

Design of monitor systems; executive systems and operating systems 
as they relate to current generation computers with facilities for multi- 
programming; teleprocessing; real-time and interactive processing. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 431— Control and Organization of Informa- 
tion. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Computer Science 232 and Computer 
Science 301. Present text: Martin, Computer and Data Base Organiza- 
tion. 

Information analysis and logical design of information systems and data 
bases; consideration of hardware, access methods, management and 
control functions, physical storage, communication with the data base, 
and integrated systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 432— Systems Analysis and Design. (4-3-5). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Computer Science 431. Present Text: Li, Design 
and Management of Information Systems. 

Principles and techniques of systems analysis, including personnel and 
machine requirements, file considerations, problem formulation, analysis 
aids, iterative requirements of the design phase, and implementation 
criteria and evaluation; readings and case studies related to analysis and 
design, and a student project incorporating the techniques studied in an 
appropriate real-world environment. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 442— Design of Compilers. (4-3-5). Spring 
(even years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 341. Text: To be selected. 

Requirements for higher level digital computer language compilers, 
including symbol tables, storage allocation, object code translating and 
interpreting, syntax and semantic scans, and object code optimization. 



174 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 490— Special Topics in Computer Science. 
(0-5)-(0-15)-(l-5). Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Consent 
of the instructor and permission of the department head. 

Individual or group readings and research under the direction of a 
member of the faculty. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 196-497-498— Internship in Computer Sci- 
ence. (0-l)-(12-15)-(5) each, offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 

Pei-mission of the department head. 

Experience, in a variety of computing environments suited to the 
educational and professional aspirations of the student, under the direction 
of a member of the faculty and appropriate off-campus supervisory 
personnel. Open to transient students only with pei-mission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

MENTAL HEALTH 

(See listing under Department of Psychology and Sociology.) 

MUSIC 

(See listing under Department of Fine Arts.) 

DEPARTMENT OF NURSING 

Professor James F. Repella, Head; Associate Professor Hall; Assistant 
Professors Bell, Keller, Miller, Nauright, Silcox, Slee, D. Smith, Sutton, 
Williamson: Instructors Almand, Buck, Callaway, Clayton. Cummings, 
ey, P. Smith, Sullivan; Vocational Counselor Shearouse. 

Admission Requirements 

For admission requirements for the Associate in Science degree 
program in Nursing, refer to the section on "Admissions" in this Bulletin. 

Associate in S< n Nursing 

The Associate in Science degree program in Nursing provides the 
student with the opportunity to obtain a general education and to study 
Nursing at the college level. Graduates are eligible to take the State 
Board Examination for licensure to practice as Registered Nurse 

Student Nurses participate in nursing laboratory experiences at local 
hospitals and other community agencies and are responsible for providing 
their own transportation. 

A passing grade in all pre or corequisite natural science courses must be 
maintained each quarter for the student to be allowed to continue in 
the nursing program. The student must earn a "C" (2.0) or better in each 
nursing course before he/she will be allowed to register for subsequent 

nursing courses; therefore, a grade of"C" or better in the previous course 



it:, 



is prerequisite for all nursing courses. A grade of "C" or better must be 
earned in Nursing 203. An overall GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation 
from the program. 

A student may repeat a given nursing course only once and must 
complete all requirements for the Associate in Science degree in Nursing 
within a period of five (5) consecutive calendar years for the date of initial 
matriculation in the program. 

Program for the Degree 
Associate in Science in Nursing* 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Zoology 208, 209 10 

3. Biology 210 and Chemistry 201 10 

4. Psychology 101 5 

5. Political Science 113 5 

6. History 251 or 252 5 

7. Elective 5 

8. Physical Education 117 and one activity 

course or three activities courses 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 50-52 

1. Nursing 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 

201, 202, 203 47 

2. Choice of Nursing 204 or 305 3-5 

C. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 103-105 

Course Offerings 

NURSING 

**NURSING 100 and 100-L— Fundamentals of Nursing. (2-6-5). Pre- 
requisite: Admission to the Nursing program. 

This course is designed to provide the student with learning oppor- 
tunities for the understanding of basic needs of man. Emphasis is placed 
on understanding of self and the client. Assessment of needs, implemen- 
tation of fundamental skills, and evaluation of action are inherent 
throughout the course. 

**NURSING 101 and 101-L— Fundamentals of Nursing. (2-6-5) Pre- 
requisite: Nursing 100. Pre- or Corequisite: Chemistry 201. Winter. 

A continuation of Nursing 100. Needs of clinents resulting from 
common stressors are emphasized. Skills of technical and interpersonal 
intervention are applied to assist the client to increase his adaptive 
potential. 



Certain (•nurses may be exempted by examination with credil awarded. See p. 35. 

May lie exempted bj examination with credit awarded. Students must be admitted to the program before examinations 

are allowed. 



176 



NURSING 102— Maternal-Child Health. (2-6-5). Prerequisites: Nurs- 
ing 100; Zoology 208. Pre or Corequisite: Nursing 100 and Chemistry 201. 
Winter, Spring. 

This course uses an individualized approach to assist the student to 
utilize the nursing process in helping the expectant family to maintain or 
improve their adaptation to the stress of a new member. Laboratory 
experiences are designed to give the student opportunity to develop and 
practice nursing skills related to maternal and child health. 

NURSING 103— Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing. (2-6-5). Pre- 
requisite: Nursing 101. Pre or Corequisite: Nursing 101, Psychology 101, 
Chemistry 201, and Zoology 208. Winter, Spring. 

This course focuses on the development of self-awareness and on the 
therapeutic use of self in assisting man to maintain or regain mental 
health. The client with problems of adaptation is considered not only as an 
individual but also as a member of a family within a community. 

NURSING 104— Introduction to Nursing. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: Per- 
mission of the Department. Offered on demand. 

This coin-so introduces the student to nursing as a profession, including 
history, legal aspects, professional organizations and current trends in 
education and practice. The course also includes foundational concepts 
concerning man and health within the stress-adaptation continuum. An 
integral part of the course is the student's development of an approach to 
learning in a guided independent manner. 

NURSING 201 and 202-1— Nursing of Adults and Children I. (4-8-8). 
Prerequisites: Nursing 101, 102, 103 and Zoology 209. Fall. 

Nursing 201 builds upon the concepts of oxygenation, regulatory 
alteration, immobility and sensory alterations. Background knowledge 
relating to these concepts is utilized and incorporated in the nursing care 
of the ill adult and child. Learning experiences are directed toward the 
care of clients with uncomplicated, commonly occurring stressors which 
exemplify these concepts. The learner uses the nursing process in 
providing nursing care to ill clients. 

NURSING 202 and 202-L— Nursing of Adults and Children II. (4-8-8). 
Prerequisite: Nursing 201. Corequisite: Biology 210. Winter. 

Nursing 202 is the second of three quarters study of the client 
experiencing a moderate degree of stress. Each of the four concepts 
presented in Nursing 201 is built upon as the student learns to utilize the 
nursing process for ill adults and children undergoing stress in increasingly 
complex situations. 

NURSING 203 and 203-L— Advanced Nursing. (4-8-8). Prerequisite: 
Nursing 202. Spring. 

Nursing 203 is the third of three quarters study of the physically ill 
client. Emphasis is placed on utilization of the nursing process for adults 
and children having a multiplicity of needs. Student experiences are 
designed to permit implementation of care of clients experiencing life 
threating stressors. 

177 



NURSING 204— Clinical Nursing Seminar. (1-4-3). Prerequisite: 
Nursing 202. Pre or Corequisite: Nursing 203 and permission of Depart- 
ment. Spring. 

This course introduces the student to self-directed application of the 
nursing process for clients in a structured clinical setting. Independent 
learning experience as agreed upon by student, instructor, and agency 
serve as the major vehicle by which the student can bridge the gap 
between the role of student and that of practitioner. The student assumes 
a leadership role in one or more of the seminars. This course is designed 
to continue self-directed education and to acquaint students themselves 
with opportunities for further education. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

The Department of Nursing offers an upper level curriculum leading to 
the degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing. This degree program is open 
to students who are Registered Nurses. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing* 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 48 

1. English 211 and one course from: 10 

Philosophy 201; Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; English 222 

2. Mathematics 101 and Mathematics 195 or 220 or 290 10 

3. History 114, 115 10 

4. Elective in Psychology (300 level or above) 5 

5. Elective in Sociology or Social Work 

(300 level or above) 5 

6. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 89 

1. Nursing 321 , 322, 431, 432, 433 34 

2. Choice of: 5 

Nursing 480 or Nursing/Social Work 410 or 
Nursing 305 or Nursing/Social Work 330 

C. Electives (300 level or above) 10 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 92 

Course Offerings 



NURSING 

NURSING 305— Rehabilitative Processes and Human Sexuality. (5-0- 
5). Prerequisite: Permission of the Department. Spring. 

This course is designed to examine current attitudes toward human 
sexuality, possible stress factors and individual adaptation and/or 



NOT* Students in the Bachelor <>f Science degree program in Nursing who did not complete History 2.".1 or 252 and 
Political Science 113 or their equivalents in their ADN or Diploma programs must do so as part of their baccalaureate 
degree programs. 

mi courses may lie exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 35. 



178 



maladaptation. Emphasis Is placed on those rehabilitative processes in 
health care settings which facilitate positive adaptation of clients to sexual 
problems. 

NURSING 321 and 321-L— Interrelationships in Nursing Theory, 

Education, Research, and Practice. (4-8-8). Prerequisite: Admission to the 
B.S.N, degree program. Fall. 

A course designed to improve the student's ability to utilize the nursing 
process in facilitating man's adaptation to stress. Emphasis is placed on 
the integration of research and teaching into the nursing process. The 
interrelationships of nursing theory, nursing research, nursing educa- 
tion, and nursing practice within the present health care delivery system 
are explored. 

NURSING 322 and 322- L— Physical Assessment. (4-8-8). Pre- or 
Corequisite: Nursing 321. Winter. 

A course designed to enhance the student's skill in ascertaining the 
client's degree of wellness and level of adaptation to stress. The student 
will establish a data base using a problem-oriented method of charting 
and gain clinical experience in the synthesis and utilization of these skills 
in a selected area of nursing practice. 

NURSING/SOCIAL WORK 330— Human Growth and Social Envi- 
ronments. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 201 or permission of depart- 
ment. Fall, Spring. 

A course designed to examine the reciprocal relationship between man 
and his environment and the effects of this relationship on man's physical, 
psychological, emotional, and social development. Emphasis w r ill be 
placed on facilitating man's adaptation to internal and external stress 
throughout the life cycle. 

NURSING/SOCIAL WORK 410— Human Services to the Elderly. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Social Work 303 or permission of the department. 
Winter. 

A course designed for students going into public or private agencies 
serving the elderly. Emphasis will be placed on the social, economic, and 
health needs of the elderly with attention to delivery systems that work. 
New knowledge, research, and actual projects w r ill be studied when 
practicable. 

NURSING 430 and 430-L— Selected Problems in Clinical Nursing. 
(2-6-5). Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Spring. 

A course designed to give students the opportunity to analyze a major 
health problem in which they have a particular interest. Concurrent 
laboratory experience is determined by collaboration of the student, 
instructor, and agency. 

NURSING 431 — Communication and Conflict Management in Nursing 
Leadership. (4-2-5). Pre or Co-requisite: Nursing 321. Winter. 



17*1 



This course is designed to build and expand the student's experience 
with verbal and non-verbal communicative processes in the prevention, 
management and resolution of conflict in a health care milieu. Decision- 
making and management of change are applied to nursing situations. 

NURSING 432— Administrative Skills in Nursing Leadership. (4-2-5). 
Pre or Co-requisite: Nursing 431. Spring. 

The course is designed to develop administrative skills based on the 
processes of communication and conflict management. Primary skills 
emphasized and applied to the management of change in the health care 
milieu include employee evaluation, staff development, budgeting, and 
staffing. 

NURSING 433 and 433-L— Preceptorship in Nursing Practice. (4-8-8). 
Prerequisite: Nursing 321, 322, 431 and Pre- or Corequisite: Nursing 432. 
Spring. 

A course designed to guide the student in synthesizing theories and 
skills gained from previous learning experiences in order to apply the 
nursing process in selected community health care settings. 

OCEANOGRAPHY 

(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics.) 

PHILOSOPHY 

(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Professor Roy J. Sims, Head; Associate Professors Kinder and Tapp; 
Assistant Professors Alexander, Bedwell, and Knorr; Instructors Clayton 
and Ford; Teaching Associate Lariscy. 

During the freshman year, all students should take Physical Education 
117 (Basic Health) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During the sophomore 
year, students may elect any three Physical Education activity courses 
with the last two numbers being between 01 to 09. Students unable to 
participate in the regular program should plan an alternate program with 
the Head of the Department of Physical Education. For other depart- 
ment regulations see "Physical Education Program" under "Academic 
Regulations." 

Physical Education majors are urged to complete their Core Cur- 
riculum requirements before entering their junior years. 



180 



Program for the D< >; 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in 
Health, Physical and Recreation Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 11 75 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from 20 

Art 200. 271. 272. 27:!; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. History 114, 115 10 

:!. History 2.~>1 or 252 5 

4. Political Science 113 

5. ( )ne course selected from: 5 

Sociology 201. Economics 201, 
Anthropology 201 

0. Laboratory science sequence 10 

7. Mathematics 101 and Mathematics 220 or 200 10 

8. Psychology 101 and Drama/Speech 228 10 

B. Courses in Major Field 72 

1. Physical Education 103 or 108; 106; 109; 205; 

207 or W.S.I. ; and seven courses selected from 12 

Physical Education 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 107, 

108, 200, 201. 2i)2. 203, 204, 206, 208, 209 
I >ne of the following required 2 

Physical Education 212. 213, 214 

3. Physical Education 211, 215, 21(5. 218, 228, 22!) 
313, 314, 315, 318, 319. 322 

410. 412, 413. 414 58 

< '. Approved Electives 7 

I). Professional Sequence 40 

1. Education 203, 330, 443. 446, 447. 448 30 

2. Psychology 301 and Special Education 205 10 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations — 

TOTAL 194 



Course Offerings 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 100— Beginning Weight Training. (0-2-1). 
Fall. 

Emphasis on developing physical fitness through a variety of funda- 
mental weight training exercises. Introduction of mechanical principles 
and techniques necessary for the understanding of weight training 
programs. Only one of P.E. 100 or P.E. 204 may count as an activity 
course toward the six hours of required physical education. Equivalent 
Savannah State College course - P.E. 125. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101— Conditioning Course. (0-2-1). Fall. 
Consists of calisthenics, stunts, tumbling lifts and carries, road work, 
dual combatives, and simple games. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102— Team Sports. (0-2-1). Winter. 
Consists of two of the following sports: basketball, volleyball softball. 



Certain couraec may be exempted by examination with crab' 



181 



* PHYSICAL EDUCATION 103— Elementary Swimming. (0-2-1). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. (P.E. 202 or the American Red Cross WSI course may be 
substituted for P.E. 103 or 108.) 

Beginning swimming strokes, skills, and knowledge pertaining to 
safety in, on, or about water. This course or its equivalent required of all 
students. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 104— Bowling. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 

Basic skills in bowling. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105— Badminton. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 

Basic skills in badminton. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 106— Tumbling and Gymnastics I. (0-2-1). 
Fall, Summer. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning tumbling and gymnastic 
apparatus. Required of Physical Education majors. Equivalent Savannah 
State College course - P.E. 114. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 107— Trampoline. (0-2-1). Winter. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of the trampoline. Under strict 
supervision, the student learns to perform the following skills: seat drop, 
knee drop, front drop, back drop, pull over, cradle, turntable, swivel 
hips, spotting, and somersaults. 

* PHYSICAL EDUCATION 108— Intermediate Swimming. (0-2-1). 
Fall, Winter, Spring. (P.E. 202 or the American Red Cross WSI course 
may be substituted for P.E. 103 or 108.) 

Five basic strokes, skills endurance and knowledge pertaining to safety 
in, on, or about water. Required, if advised by Physical Education 
Department. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 109— Tumbling and Gymnastics II. (0-2-1). 
Winter. 

Continuation of P.E. 106 with additional practice of tumbling and 
gymnastic apparatus. Prerequisite: P.E. 106 or permission of the instruc- 
tor. Required of majors. Equivalent Savannah State College course - P.E. 
145. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 115— Officiating of Football. (2-2-2). Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual experience 

in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved community 



* Either P.E. 103 or P.E. 108 is required of all students. Students may register for the course for which they feel qualified 
without taking a swimming test. The instructor of that course will administer the swimming test, and any student enrolled 
in the improper course will be required to change to the proper course. Any student who holds a valid senior life-saving 
certificate and/or a valid water safety instructor's certificate and/or passes the Armstrong swimming test may be 
exempted from the required swimming courses. 



182 



recreation games, and public school games. Elective credit. Students 
must have permission of the department head or course instructor to 
enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 116— Officiating of Basketball. (2-2-2). 
Winter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual experience 
in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved community 
recreation games, and public school games. Elective credit. Students 
must have permission of the department head or course instructor to 
enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 117— Basic Health. (2-0-2). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 

A basic course in health education with emphasis on personal health. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 200— Handball and Paddleball. (0-2-1). 
Winter. 

Basic instruction in handball and paddleball activities. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 201— Elementary Tennis. (0-2-1). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. 

Instruction in class organization and methods of teaching skill in tennis. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 202— Advanced Life Saving Course in 
Swimming. (0-2-1). Spring. 

The American Red Cross Senior Life Saving Course. (May be substi- 
tuted for Physical Education 103 or 108.) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 203— Archery. (0-2-1). Spring. 
Basic skills in archery. Equivalent Savannah State College course - P.E. 
117. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 204— Advanced Weight Training. (0-2-1). 
Spring. 

Emphasis on continued development of physical fitness through a 
variety of advanced weight training exercises. Improvement of maximal 
muscular strength and endurance in the main muscle groups of the body 
through progressive resistance exercises. Prerequisite: P.E. 100 or 
permission of the instructor. Only one of P.E. 100 or P.E. 204 may count 
as an activity course toward the six hours of required physical education. 
Equivalent Savannah State College course - P.E. 126. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 205— Folk, Square, Social Dancing. (0-2- 
1). Winter. 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, square, and social dancing 
with emphasis on teaching techniques. Required of Physical Education 
majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 302. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 206— Beginning Modern Dance. (0-2-1). 
Winter. 

Basic Interpretative Dancing. 



183 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 207— Swimming Methods and Techniques. 
(0-2-1). Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 108 or equivalent. 

Methods and techniques of teaching beginning swimming skills. Re- 
quired of majors not completing the Water Safety Instructor's Course 
(offered by the American Red Cross.) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 208— Golf. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, Spring. 
Basic techniques and instruction for the beginning golfer. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 209— Intermediate Modern Dance. (0-2-1). 
Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 206. 

A continuation of Physical Education 206 with emphasis on dynamics, 
composition, and choreography. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 210— Prevention and Treatment of Athletic 
Injuries. (2-1-2). Spring. 

Theory and practice of caring for and preventing injuries relating to a 
large variety of sports. Students will be required to assist in laboratory 
experiences with treating and preventive training through the athletic, 
intramural or physical education programs. Equivalent Savannah State 
College course - P.E. 205. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 211— Safety and First Aid. (3-0-2). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. 

The American Red Cross Standard and Advanced course in First Aid. 
Required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: H.Ed. 
300. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 212— Coaching Football. (3-0-2). Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, emphasiz- 
ing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State 
College: P.E. 410 or 411. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 213— Coaching Basketball. (3-0-2). 
Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, emphasiz- 
ing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State 
College: P.E. 410 or 411. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 214— Coaching Baseball and Track. (3-0- 
2). Spring. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play emphasiz- 
ing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State 
College: P.E. 410 or 411. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 215— Organization and Administration of 
Athletics. (3-0-3). Spring. 

A comprehensive study of theories of organization and administration 
of athletics. Required of majors. 

184 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 216— History and Principles of Health, 
Physical and Recreation Education. (5-0-5). Winter, Spring. 

Historical and scientific background of the practices in health and 
physical education. Required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah 
State College: P.E. 235. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 218— Personal and Community Hygiene. 
(5-0-5). Spring. 

Principles of health with emphasis upon home, community, mental, and 
personal health. Must be taken by the major in place of Physical 
Education 117. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 235. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 228— Structure and Function of the 
Human Body I. (3-4-5). Fall. 

A study of the skeletal and muscle systems of the human body. Credit 
may not be applied toward the core natural science requirement. Re- 
quired of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 304. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 229— Structure and Function of the 
Human Body II. (3-4-5). Prerequisite: P.E. 228. Winter. 

A continuation of P.E. 228 with emphasis on certain human organ 
systems such as circulatory, respiratory, nervous and digestive. Credit 
may not be applied toward the core natural science requirement. Re- 
quired of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 301. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 313— Kinesiology. (3-0-3). Spring. Pre- 
requisite: P.E. 228. 

The mechanics of muscles in action. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 314— Skill Techniques. (3-0-3). Fall. 

Practice in teaching methods and techniques in individual and dual 
sports such as: gymnastics, trampoline, badminton, tennis, golf. Re- 
quired of majors. Prerequisite: the student must have completed courses 
in at least three of the sports listed or must have permission of the 
instructor to enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 315— Skill Techniques. (0-2-2). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 314. 

Laboratory experiences consisting of assisting and teaching individual 
and dual sports such as: gymnastics, trampoline, badminton, tennis, golf. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 318— Intramural and Recreational Ac- 
tivities. (2-1-3). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Organization and administration of intramural sports with emphasis on 
ondary and elementary school programs. The study of organization of 
recreation programs with emphasis on recreation programs in the com- 
munity through city and county sponsored agencies, YMCA, Hoys Club, 
etc. Required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: 
P.E. 316. 



IN.", 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 319— Physical Education for the Excep- 
tional Child. (3-2-5). Winter. 

Lectures and laboratory and field experiences in methods and practices 
of identification and programming for the exceptional child. Required of 
majors. Prerequisite: Physical Education 313 or permission of the in- 
structor. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 305. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 320— Health and Physical Education for 
the Elementary School Teacher. (3-2-5). Winter, Summer. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of health and physical 
education at the elementary school level. Designed to meet the require- 
ment for elementary certification. Equivalent course at Savannah State 
College: P.E. 233. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 322— Techniques of Teaching and Officiat- 
ing Team Sports. (3-0-2). Spring. 

Analysis of skills involved with teaching and officiating team sports. 
Students will receive practice in teaching skills and officiating in class in 
basketball, volleyball, soccer and Softball. Prerequisite: P.E. 102 or 
permission of the instructor. Required of majors. Equivalent Savannah 
State College course - P.E. 319. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 410— Philosophy of Physical Education. 
(2-0-2). Fall. Prerequisite: P.E. 216. 

Interpretation of physical education as a basic part of the living 
process. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 412— Measurement and Evaluation in 
Health, Physical and Recreation Education. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in the development, evalua- 
tion and application of tests in health and physical education. Required of 
majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 403. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 413— Special Topics in Physical Education. 
(5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Education 443. 

Research methods in health and physical education. Allows students an 
opportunity for in-depth pursuit into areas of their interests. Open to 
majors only. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 414— Organization and Administration of 
Physical Education. (3-0-3). Spring. Prerequisite: Education 443. 

Practice and policies in establishing, administering, and evaluating 
physical education programs. Such experiences as curriculum planning, 
budgeting, intramural programs, physical plant planning, and selection, 
care, and maintenance of equipment are included in this course. Open to 
majors only. Required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State 
College: P.E. 415. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 
(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics.) 

186 



PHYSICS 
(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics.) 

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY 

Professor C. Stewart Worthington, Head; Associate Professors Doug- 
lass, Lane; Assistant Professors Brown, Burns, Palefsky, Ralston, 
Satterfield, and O'Higgins; Instructors Patchak and Tenenbaum. 

Students are advised to complete as many of the general degree 
requirements as possible before entering their junior years. Psychology 
majors should take Psychology 101-102 before the end of their sophomore 
years. Social Work majors should take Social Work 101 and Sociology ^01 
before the md of their sophomore years. Suggested course distributions 
and annual schedules are available in the department office. All students 
are urged to seek advisement from their program directors with regard to 
degree requirements and scheduling. 

Program for tin Degree 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Psychology 

(Research Specialization) 

QuarU r Hours 

leneral Requirements 65 

1. English 111. 112. 211. and choice of: 20 

English 222 or Philosophy 201 

2. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10 

Mathematics 195 or 2! to 
History 1 14. 1 15 and choice of: 1"> 

History 2-">l or 252 

4. Political Science 113 5 

•">. One of the following sequences: 10 

Chemistry 128, 129; 

Physics 211. 212; Physical Science 121. 122 

0. Anthropology 201 or Sociology 201 5 

B. Courses in Major Field 50 

1. Psychology 102, 308, 312, 410, 411. 412 30 

2. Two of the following: lo 

Psychology 307, 390, ::i!» 

:'.. Two of the following: 10 

bology 303, 305, 311 

( '. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. Biology 101. 102 and Mathematics 220 15 

2. Foreign language senquence or 

computer science sequence 15 

I). Electives 40-55 

1. Upper division courses in anthropology, 
biology, chemistry, criminal justice, 
mathematics, psychology, sociology, or 

social work 15 

2. Unspecified electives 2"> 



roursr> maj be exempted by examination with credit 



187 



E. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 
activities course 



F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 191-206 



Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Psychology 

(Modal Health Specialization) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 71 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and choice of: 20 

English 222 or Philosophy 201 

2. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10 

Mathematics 195 or 290 

3. History 114, 115 and choice of: 15 

History 251 or 252 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. One of the following sequences: 10 

Physics 211, 212; Physical Science 121, 122 

6. Anthropology 201 or Sociology 201 5 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Mental Health Work 30 

Mental Health Work 101, 102, 201, 203, 204, 205 

C. Courses in Psychology 45 

1. Psychology 102, 308, 312, 405, 406, 

410, and 411 or 412 35 

2. Two of the following: 10 

Psychology 307, 309, 319 

D. Courses in Related Fields 20 

1. Mathematics 220 5 

2. Biology 101, 102 10 

3. Social Work 303 5 

E. Electives 25-40 

1 . Electives to be chosen from: 15-30 

Psychology 303, 305, 311; Social 
Work 309, 320; Anthropology 201, 300; 



Sociology 36 



2. Unspecified Electives 10 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-206 

Program for Secondary School Teachers 
of Social Sciences (Behavioral Sciences) 

Quarter Hours 
A. Genera] Requirements* 71 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and choice of: 20 

English 222 or Philosophy 201 

2. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10 

Mathematics 195 or 290 

3. History 114, 115 and choice of: 15 

History 251 or 252 

4. Political Science 113 5 



in courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See p. 3E 



188 



."). ( )nc of the following sequences: lo 

Physics 211. 212; Physical Science 121, 122 

6. Anthropology 201 or Sociology 201 5 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. < lourses in Psychology 50 

Psychology 1<»2, 301, 303, 307, 308, 311, 
312, no. ill. 112 

( '. ( lourses in Related Fields 

1. Biology 101. 102 and Mathematics 220 1.") 

2. Anthropology 201 and Anthropology -'loo <>r 450 10 

3. Sociology 201 and Sociology 350 or 450 10 

D. Electives 5-10 

To be chosen from Psychology 405, 406; 
uil Work 320 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

1. Education 203, 330, W0, 446, 147. 448 30 

2. Special Education 205 5 

F. Repents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196-201 

P >■<></ ><nn for Degree 
Bachelor of Arts in Social Work 

The Social Work major must check with his/her advisor prior to enrollment in Social Work 
Mo.", for the required guidance and evaluation procedure. 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 9 " 96 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one of the following 20 

Art 200. 271. 272. 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201, English 222 

2. Mathematics KM and Mathematics 

22«> or 290 10 

3. Political Science 1 13 and one of the following: 10 

Psychology 101. Anthropology 201, 
Economics 201, Criminal Justice 100 

4. History 114. 115 and History 2.">2 L5 

.">. Laboratory science sequence 10 

0. Foreign language 101, 102, 1 03 or Philosophy 201, 
Anthropology 201. and a social science elective 

at the 100-200 level 15 

7. Sociology 201 and Social Work 250 lo 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three- 
activities courses 6 

B. ( lourses in Major Field .".<) 

1. Social Work 303, 309, 310 

106 ,410 35 

Social Work 4-">l and 4~>2 or Social 

Work 4o!-5 lo 

lourses in Related Fields 30 

1. Mental Health Work 102 •"» 

Sociology 315 and Sociology 340 1<> 

3. Psychology 305 or Social Work 

Nursing 330 ."> 

4. Psychology 405 or 4<)ti :> 



' Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded & 
nly at Savannah Stat.- Colli . 



1S<» 



5. One of the following: 5 

Psychology 101; Economics 201; 
Political Science 300, 304, 305 

I). Electives 15 

E. Regents and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 

Course Offerings 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

ANTHROPOLOGY 201— Man and His Culture., (5-0-5). Fall, 
demand. 

An introduction to the study of man as a cultural animal, the develop- 
ment of human societies from preliterate beginnings, the rise of complex 
social organizations with an outline study of the major cultures developed 
by man. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 300— Paleoanthropology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Anthropology 201. Spring. 

A survey of the data that illuminates the evolution of man. The major 
prehuman and human species, their ecology and cultures, will be discus- 
sed. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 450— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). By invita- 
tion of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and the College 
from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 101— Introduction to Mental Health 
Problems. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Survey of mental health facilities and institutions. Survey of history of 
mental health movement. Description of services provided, clients 
served, and administrative structure with emphasis on mental health 
agencies in Georgia. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 102— Foundations of Behavior Assess- 
ment. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: M.H.W. 101. Winter. 

Objective observation is emphasized, accurate recording of behavioral 
observations; collection and use of interview data; introduction to case 
study methods; use of references in assessment. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 201— Foundations of Behavioral Change. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: M.H.W. 101. Spring. 

Survey of theories of personality and behavior changing techniques 
arising from them. Emphasis on learning theory and environmental 
influences. Introduction to research methodology. 



190 



MENTAL HEALTH WORK 203-204— Practicum. (5 credit hours 
each). Prerequisite: Mental Health Work 101 and ten additional hours of 
credit in Mental Health Work. 

The student will work a minimum of VI hours per week in a community 
agency for a period of two quarters under the supervision of a profes- 
sional employed by the agency. The student will also attend a one-hour 
seminar each week to discuss his agency experiences. Open to transient 
students only will permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 205— Behavior Assessment Practicum. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisites: Mental Health Work 101, 102, and Psychology 312. 

This course is designed to develop practical skills in testing periods. 
The student will administer, score, and interpret behavioral tests under 
professional supervision. 

Course Offerings 

PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYCHOLOGY 101— General Psychology. (5-0-")). Offered each quar- 
ter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, and methods of the science 
of behavior. Discussion and demonstrations assist in surveying all the 
areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is prerequisite to all other courses in 
the department. 

PSYCHOLOGY 102— Introduction to Psychological Research. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Spring and Fall. 

An introduction to scientific methodology and its application to behavior 
analysis. Various techniques of data collection and the statistical analysis 
of such data are emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY 301— Educational Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Offered each quarter. 

The application of behavioral science to the problem of learning in the 
classroom. Primarily for teacher preparation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 303— Social Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Fall. 

The study of the behavior of others as determinants of the behavior of 
the individual. The cultural milieu and group pressures will be examined in 
terms of their effect on behavior. 

PSYCHOLOGY 305— Developmental Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequis- 
ite: Psychology 101. Winter and Spring. 

A study of the origin and development of psychological prut-esses. The 
effects of maturational. learning, and social variables on human behavior 
are examined. 



191 



PSYCHOLOGY 307— Perception. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: Psychology 

101, 102. Fall. 

An experimental-theoretical approach to the nature of perception. 
Special attention is given to the psychophysical methods. 

PSYCHOLOGY 308— Learning and Motivation. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: 
Psychology 101, 102. Fall and Winter. 

An examination of the methodology and theory associated with the 
various forms of learning and their motivational concomitants. 

PSYCHOLOGY 309— Physiological Psychology. (4-2-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101, 102. Winter. 

Introduction to the biological bases of behavior. The structure and 
function of the nervous system are studied and related to the behavior of 
humans and other organisms. 

PSYCHOLOGY 311— Theories of Personality. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Spring. 

A study of selected personality theories with emphasis on normal 
behavior. Attention will be given to both experimental and clinical data. 
The determinants of personality structure and the development of 
personality will be examined from divergent points of view. 

PSYCHOLOGY 312— Measurement. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Psychology 

102. Fall. 

An examination of the theory of measurement. Reliability and validity 
techniques are discussed, using current psychological tests as examples. 

PSYCHOLOGY 319— Animal Behavior. (4-2-5), Prerequisites: 
Psychology 101, 102. Spring. 

A study of the adaptations and behaviors with which living organisms 
cope effectively with their environment. The laboratory will provide an 
introduction to animal care, training, and experimentation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 320— Industrial Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Winter. 

The applications of psychology to the problems of industry. Primarily for 
business majors. 

PSYCHOLOGY 405— Behavior Disorders. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Winter. 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of various conceptions of 
undesirable behavior. Application of principles derived from basic re- 
search will be emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY 406— Behavior Modification. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Spring. 

A study of proven methods of generating behavioral change, their 
empirical foundations, and their applications in clinical, educational and 
social settings. 



192 



PSYCHOLOGY 410— History and Systems of Psychology. (5-0-5). 
Open only to psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Fall and 
Spring. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from early animism to modern 
behavioristics. Special attention is given to the philosophical basis at 
various times in the history of psychology. 

PSYCHOLOGY 411— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Open only to senior 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Winter. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected 
contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from year to 
year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 412— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Open only to senior 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Spring. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected 
contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from year to 
year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 450— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Open only by 
invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

SOCIOLOGY 

SOCIOLOGY 201— Introductory Sociology. (5-0-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. 

An introduction to the concept and methods of the science of human 
group behavior. Includes the study of socialization, the role of the 
individual in society, and the major institutions and processes. 

SOCIOLOGY IHo— The Family and Alternative Life-Styles. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Sociology 201. 

A study of the role of the family in the development of the individual, the 
family unit and societal institutions. Consideration will be given to various 
structures and functions of the family as it exists or is emerging in 
America. 

S( OOLOGY 333— Exploring Popular Cultures. (4-2-5). Summer. Pre- 
requisite: Sociology 201. 

An examination of popular culture using music, radio, television, texts, 
magazines, movies, technology and language to explore a given era. 
Comparisions will be made of lifestyles, sex roles, racial attitudes and the 
national and regional mood of times examined. 

SOCIOLOGY 350— Social Problems. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 

201. Winter and Spring. 



An examination of behavioral deviancy, normative strain, and differ- 
ences between social ideals and social realities in the context of sociologi- 
cal theory. 

SOCIOLOGY 360— Urban Society. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 
201. Offered on demand. 

A sociological examination of human ecology, norms, social control, and 
social processes (and their changing patterns) as they are seen in urban 
social life in both a historical and contemporary perspective. 

SOCIOLOGY 450— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). By invitation of 
the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from 
which the student comes. 

SOCIAL WORK 

The degree program in Social Work is offered jointly by Savannah 
State College and by Armstrong State College with coordination of the 
program shifting on a regular basis from one campus to the other. 
Courses are offered on the Armstrong State College campus, the 
Savannah State College campus, and at an Off-Campus Field Center. 

Course Offerings 

SOCIAL WORK 250— Introduction to Human Services. (4-2-5). Of- 
fered each quarter. 

A study of the origins and evolution of the American social welfare 
system, with emphasis on themes and patterns leading the present 
system and approach to services. Requires 20 clock hours per quarter of 
volunteer work in a social service setting. 

SOCIAL WORK 303— Interviewing Methods and Techniques. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisites: Social Work 250 and Sociology 201. Offered each quarter. 

A course designed to develop and sharpen interpersonal communica- 
tion skills of the generalist social worker. The student must learn to use 
these skills in a variety of roles including information gatherer, emotional 
supporter, teacher, care-giver, broker of services, and crisis intervener, 
etc. 

SOCIAL WORK 309— Group Process. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Sociology 
201 and Social Work 303. Offered each quarter. 

A course which utilizes the group experience periodically documented 
by tape recorder, video tape, and subjective perceptual comparison. It is 
designed to analyze behavior patterns, roles, and interactions which 
occur within a group and to develop self-awareness. Family and group 
treatment situations are role played and demonstrated to relate group 
process to professional skills needed by the practitioner. Enrollment 
limited to students in the applied behavioral sciences. 



194 



SOCIAL WORK 310— Community Social Planning and Organization. 
(4-2-5). Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and Social Work 250. 

This course is a socio-political study of community development, 
power, leadership and change as it relates to basic human and social 
needs. The focus of this course is on the way a community identifies its 
needs, plans for its treatment and then implements programs. It covers 
strategies for delivery of services to the less fortunate urban citizens. The 
network of human services and agencies, whether public or private, is 
analyzed. Offered only at Savannah State College. 

SOCIAL WORK 312— Social Work in a Rural Setting. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisites: Social Work 303. Offered on demand. 

This course examines rural area social structure, needs, and services. 
The course includes systematic study of values and norms; history and 
development, economic base, and potential resources. State and federal 
policy and funding are analyzed for impact for social services. The 
emphasis is placed upon the unique problems of people in rural areas and 
social work strategies to serve them. 

SOCIAL WORK 320— Ethnic Minorities. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Social 
Work 250 or Sociology 201. 

This course deals with the present and factual situation of minority 
groups in America. It will cover problems, causes, agencies, advocates, 
goals, and alternatives available to minority groups. Emphasis is on the 
Black American with proportionate attention given to the Chinese 
American, Chicane, native American and other sizeable minorities. 

SOCIAL WORK/NURSING 330— Human Growth and Social Envi- 
ronments. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 201 or permission of the 

department. Offered on demand. 

A course designed to examine the reciprocal relationship between man 
and his environment and the effects of this relationship on man's physical, 
psychological, emotional, and social development. Emphasis will be 
placed on facilitating man's adaptation to internal and external stress 
throughout the life cycle. 

SOCIAL WORK 385— Social Policy and Administration. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Social Work 303. 

This course is designed to help students understand the process of 
social change via bureaucratic structure and the corresponding need for 
accountability. Given the limitations of staff and funding, students will be 
taught systems of priority setting and methods of efficiency which will 
enhance effective and humane service to clients. 

SOCIAL WORK 40b— Child Welfare. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: Social 
Work 25o. 303, and Social Work/Nursing 330. 

This course reviews child development and behavior with an emphasis 
on the practical application of understanding the psychosocial, mental and 
physical development of children. The environmental and family situation 



195 



is studied and related to the child's development or lack thereof. Actual 
work with children, identified as needing tutorial help, behavioral correc- 
tion, emotional support or environmental change, is expected of each 
student participating. The emphasis is on the disadvantaged child who is 
most subject to these problems. Offered only at Savannah State College. 

SOCIAL WORK/NURSING 410— Human Services to the Elderly. 
(5-0-5). Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: Social Work 303 or permission of 
the department. 

A course designed for students going into public or private agencies 
serving the elderly. Emphasis will be placed on the social economic, and 
health needs of the elderly with attention to delivery systems that work. 
New knowledge, research, and actual projects will be studied where 
practicable. 

SOCIAL WORK 430— Alcohol and Drug Studies. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Social Work 303. 

A course focusing on the various forms of alcohol and drug use with 
emphasis on the stages of harmful dependence and addiction. There will 
be an examination of the legal and social implications of addiction, as well 
as approaches to treatment and rehabilitation. 

SOCIAL WORK 451-452— Field Experience. (Option 1). (7-8 credit 
hours respectively.) 

A student experience in the delivery of human services to increase his 
knowledge and ability under professional supervision. Each student will 
work in an agency setting the equivalent of 20 hours per week through 
exam week. There will be a weekly meeting with the Field Work 
Co-ordinator. For senior social work students only. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

SOCIAL WORK 453— Field Experience Block. (Option 2). (Taken as 
an alternative to Social Work 451-452.) (15 credit hours). 

A student experience in the delivery of human services to increase his 
knowledge and ability under professional supervision. Each student will 
work in an agency setting the equivalent of 40 hours per week through 
exam week. There will be a weekly meeting with the Field Work 
Co-ordinator. For senior social work students only. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

SOCIAL WORK 475— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Spring. 

Social work, as a human service profession, directs its attention to any 
problem which is amenable to treatment and prevention. The seminar 
will be geared to recent changes in the structure, function, process, and 
goals of the human service delivery system and the underlying reasons 
for these changes. 



196 



SOCIAL WORK 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Invitation of 
professor. 

Experiential based study of a selected social work topic, open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

SOCIAL WORK 491— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Invitation of 
professor. 

Research and experiental based study in social work topic of student 
interest or specialty, open to transient students only with permission of 
the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

RUSSIAN 
(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

SPANISH 

(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

SPECIAL EDUCATION (SPEECH CORRECTION) 

(See listing under Department of Education.) 

SPEECH 
(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

ZOOLOGY 

(See listing under Department of Biology.) 



197 



IX. GOVERNING BOARD, 
ADMINISTRATION & FACULTY 



MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS 

CHARLES T. OXFORD, Chairman Albany 

MILTON JONES, Vice Chairman Columbus 

SCOTT CANDLER, JR Decatur 

RUFUS B. COODY Vienna 

ERWIN A. FRIEDMAN Savannah 

CHARLES A. HARRIS , Ocilla 

JESSE HILL, JR Atlanta 

0. TORBITT IVEY, JR Augusta 

JAMES D. MADDOX Rome 

ELRIDGE W. McMILLAN Atlanta 

LAMAR R. PLUNKETT Bowdon 

JOHN H. ROBINSON, III Americus 

P.R. SMITH .Winder 

DAVID H. TISINGER Carrollton 

CAREY WILLIAMS Greensboro 

STAFF OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS 

GEORGE L. SIMPSON, JR Chancellor 

JOHN W. HOOPER .Vice Chancellor 

HENRY G. NEAL Executive Secretary 

SHEALY E. McCOY Vice Chancelor-Fiscal 

Affairs and Treasurer 

FRANK C. DUNHAM Vice Chancelor-Construction 

and Physical Plant 

MARIO J. GOGLIA Vice Chancellor-Research 

HOWARD JORDAN, JR Vice Chancellor-Services 

HARRY B. O'REAR Vice Chancellor-Health Affairs 

W. COYE WILLIAMS, JR Vice Chancellor- 
Academic Development 

HASKIN R. POUNDS Assistant Vice Chancellor 

JAMES L. CARMON Assistant Vice Chancellor 

Computing Systems 

MARY ANN HICKMAN Assistant Vice Chancellor-Personnel 

ROBERT M. JOINER .Assistant Vice Chancellor- 
Communications 



198 



OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

HENRY L. ASHMORE President 

H. DEAN PROPST Vice President and Dean of Faculty 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS Dean Graduate Studies 

and Graduate Studies 

DONALD D. ANDERSON Dean for College and 

Community Services 

JOSEPH A. BUCK Dean for Student Affairs 

JULE R. STANFIELD Comptroller 

JAMES A. EATON Dean for Graduate Studies, 

Savannah State College 

GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT Registrar 

BILL E. ALEXANDER Athletic Director 

STANLEY ETERSQUE Director, Computer Services 

ARTHUR 0. PROSSER Associate Comptroller 

PATRICIA M. ALLGOOD Personnel Officer 

JAMES WINTERS Director of Student Financial Aid 

and Veterans Affairs 

LYNN BENSON Counselor and Psychometrist 

J. PHILLIP COOK Director of Program Development- 
Continuing Education 

KAREN PAYNE Career Development Counselor 

TOM MILLER . , Director of Admissions and Recruitment 

JAMES MAJORS Director of Public Information 

EDWARD Y. WAY Director of Finance 

VICKI G. NORWICH Coordinator, Short Courses-Conferences 

ERICH F. STOCKER Director of Development and 

Assistant to the President 

HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS 

JOHN R. HANSEN Academic Skills Laboratory 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR Biology 

THOMAS A EASON Business Administration 

HENRY E. HARRIS Chemistry and Physics 

WILLIAM L. MEGATHLIN Criminal Justice 

JAMES M. BELL Dental Hygiene 

WILLIAM W. STOKES Education 

J. HARRY PERSSE Fine Arts 

ROGER K. WARLICK History and Political Science 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III Languages and Literature 

GERALD C. SANDY Library 

RICHARD M. SUMMERVILLE Mathematics and Computer 

Science 

JAMES F. REPELLA Nursing 

ROY J. SIMS Physical Education 

CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON Psychology and Sociology 



199 



FACULTY 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS, B.A., Tennessee Temple College; M.A., Baylor 
University; Ph.D., University of Alabama; Dean for Graduate Studies, 
Professor of Psychology 

EDWARD ALBAN, A.B., Ph.D., University of Georgia; Assistant 
Professor of Economics 

BILL E. ALEXANDER, A.B., Morris Harvey College; M.Ed., Georgia 
Southern College; Athletic Director, Assistant Professor of Physical 
Education 

JOSEPHINE D. ALEXANDER, B.S., M.S.T., Georgia Southern Col- 
lege; Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

REBECCA H. ALMAND, B.S., Georgia Medical College; Temporary 
Instructor in Nursing 

JAMES E. AMBROSE, B.M., Oberlin Conservatory; M.M., University 
of South Florida; Assistant Professor of Music 

M. LORRAINE ANCHORS, A.B., M.A., Baylor University; Professor 
of English 

DONALD D. ANDERSON , B.S., Georgia Southern College; M.A., 
Peabody College; Ed.D., Auburn University; Dean for College and 
Community Semices, Associate Professor of Education 

OLAVI ARENS, A.B., Harvard University; M.A., Certificate (Russian 
Studies), Ph. D., Columbia University; Assistant Professor of Hist ory 

HENRY L. ASHMORE, B.A.E., M.A.E., D.Ed., University of Florida; 
President 

ARDELLA PATRICIA BALL, A.B., Fisk University; M.S.L.S., At- 
lanta University; Assistant Professor of Library Science 

ADELINE Z. BARBER, A.B., Tift College; M.R.E., Southern Semi- 
nary; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Associ a te Professor of E ducat ii»i 

*KALMAN BARUCH, D. P. M., Ohio College of Pediatric Medicine; 
Instructor in Dental Hygiene 

JOSEPH A. BAUST, B. S. E., M. Ed., Memphis State University; Ed. 
D., University of Tennessee; Assistant Professor of Education 



Part-Time Instructor 



200 



GEORGE H. BEDWELL, B.S., Samford University; M.S., University of 
Alabama; Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

W. ORSON BEECHER, A.B., M.A., Emory University; M.A., Univer- 
sity of Georgia; Professor of History 

DORTHY G. BELL, B.S.N. Ed., University of Georgia; M.N., Emory 

University; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

JAMES M. BELL, D.D.S., Marquette University School of Dentistry; 

Haul, Department of Dental Ht/(/ien< , Assistant Professor of Dental 
Hygiene 

LYNN BENSON, A.B., M.Ed., University of Georgia; Counselor and 
Psychometrist 

RONALD J. BEUMER, B.S., University of Dayton; Ph.D., University 
of Arkansas; Assistant Professor of Biology 

SARVAN K. BHATIA, B.A., M.A., Punjab University; Ph.D., Ohio 
State University; Professor of Economics 

GEORGE L. BIANCHI, B.S., Wittenburg University; M.A., Ball State 
University; Assistant Professor of Physical Education and 

Administrative Assistant to the Athletic Director 

NANCY V. BLAND, B.A., Coker College; M.Ed., Clemson University; 
Ph.D., University of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Education 

MADALINE P. BONEY, A.B., Winthrop College; M.Ed., Georgia 
Southern College; Ed.S., University of Georgia; Assistant Professor 
of History 

STEPHEN P. BRANDON, B.M.E., University of Kansas, Lawrence; 
M.A., University of Iowa; D.M.A., Catholic University; Associate 
Professor of Music 

JOHN G. BREWER, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; 
Prqfi ssor of( % nostra 

S. KENT BROOKS, B.A., M.A., University of Texas; M.Phil., Ph.D.. 
George Washington University; Associate Prof ssor of English 

MOONYEAN S. BROWER, B.S., M.A., University of Massachusetts; 
Assistant Professor of Biology 

GEORGE E. BROWN, B.A., Armstrong State College; M.S.S.W.. 

Atlanta University; Assistant Prof ssor of Social Work 

201 



HUGH R. BROWN, B.S., Xavier University; M.A.T., St Michael's 
College; Assistant Professor of English (Academic Skills Laboratory) 

JOSEPH A. BUCK, B.A., Auburn University; M.S., Florida State 
University; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Dean for Student Affairs 

MARILYN M. BUCK, B.S., Boston University; M.S.N. , Medical 
College of Georgia; Instructor in Nursing 

ROBYN C. BURNS, B.A., Armstrong State College; M.S., University 
of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Psychology 

MARGARET A. CALLAWAY, B.S., Medical College of Georgia; 
Temporary Instructor in Nursing 

RUBYEN M. CHAMBLESS, B.B.A., University of Georgia; M.B.A., 
Ohio State University; Assistant Professor of Business 
Administration 

REBECCA A. CHEATHAM, B.S.Ed., M.Ed., University of Georgia; 
Temporary Instructor in Speech Correction 

ROSS L. CLARK, B.A., Ph.D., Tulane University; Associate Professor 
of Political Science 

*GLORIA M.CLAYTON, B.S., Armstrong State College; M.S.N. , 
Medical College of Georgia; Instructor in Nursing 

BERNARD J. COMASKEY, B.A., Fordham College; M.A., New York 
University; Assistant Professor of History 

*PEGGY A. CONE, B.M.E., University of Southern Mississippi; 
M.M.E., Florida State University; Assistant Professor of Music 

J. PHILLIP COOK, B.S., University of Georgia; M.Ed., West Georgia 
College; Director of Program Development-Continuing Education 

ELLEN A. COTTRELL, B.A., Agnes Scott College; M.Ed., Georgia 
Southern College; Assistant Professor of English (Academic Skills 
Laboratory) 

TERESA ANN COURSEY, B.S., West Liberty State College; 
Instructor in Dental Hygiene 



> Absence, 1977-1978 



202 



WILLIAM E. COYLE, A.B., Emory University; M.A., Georgetown 

University; Ph.D., Florida State University; Professor of Political 
Science 

EVELYN M. DANDY, B.S., Millersville State College; M.Ed., Temple 
University; Assistant Professor of Reading (Academic Skills 
Laboratory) 

MARJORIE DARKEN, B.A., Kirkland College; M.A., University of 

Michigan; Temporary Instructor in Mathematics (Academic Skills 

Laboratory) 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR., B.S., College of Charleston; M.S., 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Head, 
Department of Biology, Professor of Biology 

LAMAR W. DAVIS, B.S., M.S., University of South Carolina; Certified 
Public Accountant; Professor Emeritus of Business Administration 

WILLIAM R. DeCASTRO, B.S., Florida Southern College; M.B.A., 
University of Oklahoma; Assistant Professor of Bust 
Administration 

DIANE DIXON, B.S., Armstrong State College; Teaching Associati 
Biology 

WILLIAM KEITH DOUGLASS, B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; 
M.A.. Ph.D., Syracuse University; Associate Professor of Psychology 

JOHN DONALD DUNCAN, B.S., College of Charleston; M.A., 
University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Emory University; Professor of 
Hi start/ 

THOMAS R. EASON, B.S., Union University; M.B.A., Ph.D., 
University of Mississippi; Head, Department of Business 

Administration, Professor of Economics 

WILLIAM L. EASTERLING, B.S.. Western Carolina College; M.A., 
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Diploma, 
Sorbonne, France; Professor of French and Spanish 

JAMES A. EATON, A.B.. Virginia State College; B.D., Howard 
University; M.A., Boston University; Ed. I).. Columbia University: 
<<>ciat( Dean for GraduaU Stu<li<s, Savannah StaU Collegt 

STANLEY ETERSQUE, B.S., Florida State University; M.A.T.. Duke 
University; Ed. I)., West Virginia University; Director of Computer 
vices, Assistant Professor ofCompuU r S 

203 



*MARY ELIZABETH FAIRCLOTH, B.A., University of Florida, M.S., 
University of Maryland; Assistant Clinical Professor of Nursing 

JOHN FINDEIS, B.S., M.S., University of Illinois; Assistant Professor 
of Mathematics and Computer Science 

BETTY J. FORD, B.S., Winthrop College; Temporary Instructor in 
Physical Education and Temporary Assistant to the Athletic Director 

SHIRLEY FRASIER, B.S., Albany State College; Instructor in 
Nursing 

**PATRICIA M. GIORGIO, A.S., Loyolo University; Clinical Instructor 
in Dental Hygiene 

MARY B. GOETTE, A.B., Georgia State College for Women; Teaching 
Associate in Chemistry 

JIMMIE F. GROSS, B.A., Baylor University; B.D., Southern Baptist 
Seminary; M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., University of Georgia; 
Professor of History 

LAURENT J. GUILLOU, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State 
University; Assistant Professor of Biology 

ETHEL P. HALL, B.S.N. , M.S.N. , Georgia Medical College; Associate 
Professor of Nursing 

ORANGE W. HALL, B.S., Air Force Institute of Technology; M.B.A., 
Hofstra College; Ph.D., University of Florida; Professor of Business 
Administration 

JOHN R. HANSEN, B.S., Troy State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., 
University of Georgia; Head, Academic Skills Laboratory; Associate 
Professor of Mathematics 

CLIFFORD E. HARDWICK, III, B.S., Savannah State College; 
M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; Director, Neighborhood Continuing 
Education Program, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education 

HENRY E. HARRIS, B.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology; 
Head, Department of Chemistry and Physics, Professor of Chemistry 



Courtesy Appointment 
Part-time Instructor 



204 



KARL D. HARRIS, B.A., Carson Newman College; M.A., University of 
Tennessee; Assistant Professor of English and Reading (Academic 
Skills Laboratory) 

EARL C. HEWITT, D.D.S., University of Maryland; M.P.H., 
University of North Carolina; Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

MARSHALL K. HINDS, B.S., Armstrong State College; M.S.. Georgia 
Institute of Technology; Instructor in Mathematics and Computer 

Sen 

JOHN S. HINKEL, M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of 
South Carolina; Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Sciena 

ANNE L. HUDSON, B.A., Hollins College; M.S., Ph.D. Tulane 
University; Professor of Mathematics 

ALPHIA MILLS HUGHES, B.S.E., State College of Arkansas; M.S., 
Louisiana State University; Catalog Librarian, Assistant Professor of 
Library Sen 

GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT, B.S., M.S., East Tennessee State 
University; Registrar 

ELIZA R. JAMESON, B.A., M.S., Clemson University; Temporary 
Instructor in Mathematics and Computer Scu < 

W. JAN JANKOWSKI, B.B.A., Armstrong State College; J.D., Emory 
University School of Law; Assistant Professor of B u s> 

Administration 

MICHAEL L. JAYNES, B.A., Appalachian State University; M.S., 
University of North Carolina-Greensboro; Instructor in Physics 

MARVIN V. JENKINS, B.S., M.A., University of Georgia; Assistant 
Professor of English 

ROBERT E. JENSEN, B.A., Atlantic Christian College; M.B.A., East 
Carolina University; Assistant Prof ssor of Business Administration 

JAMES LAND JONES, B.A., University of Tulsa; M.A.. Vanderbilt 
University; Ph.D., Tulane University; Professor of English 



Courtesy Appointment 
Part-time Instructor 



205 



*OTIS S. JOHNSON, A.B., University of Georgia; M.S.W., Atlanta 
University; Assistant Professor of Sociology, Savannah State College 

CAROLA W. KELLER, B.S.N. , University of Virginia; M.S.N. , 
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

DALE Z. KILHEFNER, B.S., Elizabethtown College; M.S., Purdue 
University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University; Associate 
Professor of Mathematics 

JOSEPH I. KILLORIN, A.B., St John's College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia 
University; Calloway Professor of Literature and Philosophy 

THOMAS M. KINDER, A.B., Morris Harvey College; M.S., Marshall 
University; Ed.D., Peabody College; Baseball Coach, Associate 
Professor of Physical Education 

VIRGINIA S. KNORR, B.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga); 
M.S., University of Tennessee (Knoxville); Assistant Professor of 
Physical Education 

MICHAEL A. LaBURTIS, B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., 
Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., University of Arkansas; 
Associate Professor of Business Administration 

MARY LOU LAMB, B.S.Ed., M.Ed., University of Missouri, Ed.D., 
Indiana University; Assistant Professor of Business Education 

JOSEPH M. LANE, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; 
Associate Professor of Psychology 

OSMOS LANIER, JR., B.A., LaGrange College; M.A., Auburn 
University; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Professor of History 

MICHAEL L. LARISCY, B.S., Armstrong State College; Teaching 
Associate in Physical Education, Tennis Coach 

MARGARET L. LAWSON, B.A., University of Tennessee; M.A., 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina; Assistant Professor of English 

NOELL S. LEMMEN, B.A., Wheaton College; M.F.A., Michigan State 
University; Temporary Instructor in Art 



Courtesy Appointment 



206 



CHARLES J. LESKA, B.A., LeMoyne College; M.A., University of 
Vermont; Ph.D., Syracuse University; Assistant Professor of 
Mathematics 

MARGARET S. LUBS, B.Mus., Converse College; B.A., University of 
Georgia; M.A., Columbia University; Professor Emeritus of English 
and French 

JOHN C. MCCARTHY, JR., B.B.A., University of Miami; M.B.A., 
Ph.D., University of Georgia; Professor of Political Science 

WILLIAM D. MCCARTHY, B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of 
Georgia; Associate Professor of Business Administration 

*ALSTON J. McCASLIN, B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology; D.D.S., 
University of North Carolina; M.S.D., Emory University; Instructor 
in Dental Hygiene 

THOMAS C. McCRACKEN, B.S, Florida State University; M.A.L.S., 
University of Denver; Media Coordinator and Instructional 
Development Librarian, Assistant Professor of Library Science 

KENNETH P. McKINNELL, B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Georgia; 
Assistant Professor of Art 

ROBERT E. MAGNUS, B.G.E., University of Omaha; M.Ed., D.Ed., 
Mississippi State University; Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 

CAROLE M. MASSEY, B.S., M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia; 

Instructor in Nursing 

*G. BENJAMIN MASSEY, B.S., University of Georgia; D.M.D., 
University of Kentucky; Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

*WILL1AM R. MASSEY, D.D.S., Washington University; Assistant 
Professor of Dental Hygiene 

WILLIAM L. MEGATHLIN, B.A., Presbyterian College; M.Ed., 
Ed.D., University of Georgia; Head, Department of Criminal Jusi 
Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 

ETHEL J. MILLER, B.S., North Carolina A & T State University; 
B.S.L.S., Hampton Institute; Coordinator of Reader > 
Assistant Professor of Library ~ 



Part-time Instructor 



207 



MARY M. MILLER, B.S.N., Medical College of Virginia; M.S.N. , 
Georgia Medical College; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

THOMAS P. MILLER, B.A., Armstrong State College; M.Ed., Georgia 
Southern College; Director of Admissions and Recruitment 

ROBERT E. L. MORGAN, B.B.A., M.A., Memphis State University; 
Certified Public Accountant; Associate Professor of Business 
Administration 

RICHARD E. MUNSON, B.A., Houghton College; M.A., Ph.D., 
Rutgers University; Associate Professor of Mathematics 

LYNDA P. NAURIGHT, B.S.N., Louisiana State University; M.S.N., 
Medical College of Georgia; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Assistant 
Professor of Nursing 

JAMES S. NETHERTON, B.S., University of Mississippi; Ph.D., 
University of Virginia; Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

SAMUEL L. NEWBERRY, JR., B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of 
Georgia; Associate Professor of Education 

JOHN F. NEWMAN, B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., Georgetown 
University; Ph.D., University of Florida; Associate Professor of 
Political Science 

DAVID A. NOBLE, A.B., A.M., Boston University; Ph.D., McGill 
University; Associate Professor of German 

VICKI G. NORWICH, B.S., Middle Tennessee State University; 
Coordinator, Short Courses and Conferences 

MOAN T. OLSEN, A.A.S., State University of New York at 
£ armingdale; Clinical Teaching Associate in Dental Hygiene 

TIMOTHY A. O'HIGGINS, Diploma, B.A., University College, Dublin, 
Ireland; Ph.D., University of Tennessee; Temporary Assistant 
Professor of Psychology 

JACK H. PADGETT, A.B., Wofford College; M.A., University of North 
Carolina; Assistant Professor of Mathematics (Academic Skills 
Laboratory) 



Part-tinif Instructor 



208 



ELLIOT H. PALEFSKY, B.S., University of Georgia; Ed.M., Temple 
University; Ed.S., Georgia Southern College; Assistant Professor of 

Mental Health Work 

JANE A. PATCHAK, B.A., Central Michigan University; M.A., 
Western Michigan University; Instructor in Sociology 

ROBERT M. PATTERSON, B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan College; M.A., 
University of Kentucky; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University; Associate 

Professor of History 

KAREN PAYNE, U.S., M.Ed., Auburn University; Cai 
Development Counselor 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III, A.B., Bowdoin College; M.A., 
Northwestern University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; Head, 
Department of Languages ami Literature. Professor of English 

.). HARRY PERSSE, B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.M., D.Mus., 
Florida State University; Head, Department of Fine Arts, Professor 
of Music 

BEVERLY C. PESTEL, B.A., Cedarville College; M.S., Wright State 
University; Instructor in Chemistry 

ALLEN L. PINGEL, B.A., M.A.T., University of Carolina; Ph.D., 
University of South Carolina; Associate Professor of Biology 

H. DEAN PROPST, B.A., Wake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., Peabody 
College; Via President and Dean of Faculty, Professor of English 

ARTHUR 0. PROSSER, B.S. University of Maryland; Associate 
Comptroller 

DAX H. RADEBAUGH, R.A., M.M., University of Florida; Instructor 
in Music 

MARY MARGARET RALSTON, A.B., Florida State University; 
M.S.W., Tulane University; Assistant Professor of Sociology 

VIRGINIA RAMSEY, A.B., Vanderbilt University; M.A.T.. Emory 
University; Assistant Professor of English 

RANDALL E. REESE, P.M.. Baldwin-Wallace College; M.M.. 

University of Michigan; Temporary Instructor in Music 






JAMES F. REPELLA, Diploma, Pennsylvania Hospital School of 
Nursing for Men; B.S.Ed., Temple University; M.S.N., University of 
Pennsylvania; Ph. D. , University of Pittsburgh; Head, Department of 
Nursing, Professor of Nursing 

JOE H. RESTIVO, B.S., Central State University; M.S., Stephen F. 
Austin State University; Instructor in Biology 

STEVE YOUNG RHEE, B.A., M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., 
University of Missouri-Columbia; Assistant Professor of Political 
Science 

EMORY H. RICHARDS, A.B., Denison University; M.B.A., Harvard 
University; Ph.D., Ohio State University; Professor of Business 
Administration 

PAUL E. ROBBINS, B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Georgia 
Institute of Technology; Professor of Chemistry 

GERALD C. SANDY, B.A., Youngstown State University; M.S.L.S., 
Florida State University; Head Librarian, Assistant Professor of 
Library Science 

NEIL B. SATTERFIELD, A.B., University of North Carolina; 
M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee; Director, Social Work Program, 
Assistant Professor of Sociology 

SARAH E. SHEAROUSE, B.S.Ed., M.Ed., Georgia Southern College; 
Temporary Vocational and Guidance Counselor, Department of 
Nursing 

CHARLES T. SHIPLEY, B.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska; Associate Professor of Mathematics 

ELAINE SILCOX, B.S., M.Ed., University of Florida; Assistant 
Professor of Nursing 

ROY J. SIMS, B.S., David Lipscomb College; M.S., University of 
Tennessee; Ed.D., Louisiana State University; Head, Department of 
Physical Education, Professor of Physical Education 

NETTIE M. SLEE, B.S.N., Florida A&M University; M.S.N., 
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

DeLARRIS A. SMITH, B.S., University of Alabama; M.S., University 
of Alabama (Birmingham); Assistant Professor of Nursing 



210 



PATRICIA M. SMITH, B.S.N., Catholic University; Instructor in 
Nursing 

JULE R. STANFIELD, A. A., Armstrong State College; Comptroller 

ERICH F. STOCKER, B.A., M.A., Ohio State University; Director of 
Development and Assistant to the President 

WILLIAM W. STOKES, B.A.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Florida; 
Head, Department of Education, Professor of Education 

JANET D. STONE, A.B., Randolph-Macon Woman's College; M.A., 
Purdue University; Ph.D., Emory University; Assistant Professor of 
History 

CEDRIC STRATTON, B.Sc, Nottingham University, England; Ph.D., 
University of London; Professor of Chemistry 

ROBERT I. STROZIER, A.B., University of Georgia; M.A., Ph.D., 
Florida State University; Professor of English 

JOHN SUCHOWER, B.A., Fairfield University; M.A., University of 
Detroit; Assistant Professor of English and Speech, Director of the 
"Masquers" 

JOAN M. SULLIVAN, B.S.N. , Armstrong State College; M.S.N. , 
Georgia Medical College; Instructor in Nursing 

CAROLE E. SUMMERVILLE, B.S., Clarion State College; M.S., 
Syracuse University; Assistant Professor of Mathematics (Academic 
Skills Laboratory) 

RICHARD M. SUMMERVILLE, B.S., Clarion State College; A.M., 
Washington University; Ph.D., Syracuse University; Head, 
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, Professor of 
Mathematics 

CAROL HELEN SUTTON, B.S.N. , University of South Carolina; 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College-Savannah State College Joint 
Graduate Studies Program; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

RUTH E. SWINSON, B.S.Ed., Georgia Southern College; M.A.L.S., 
Peabody College; Reference Librarian, Assistant Professor of Library 
Science 

BARBARA G. TANENBAUM, B.S., Medical College of Georgia; 
Instructor in Dental Hygiene 



211 



*ZELDA TENENBAUM, B.A., University of Georgia; Instructor in 
Mental Health Work 

LAWRENCE M. TAPP, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University of Tennessee; 
Associate Professor of Physical Education 

CLAUDIA A. THOMAS, B.A., Furman University; M.Ed., Ed.D., 
University of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Education 

**EMMA ANN THERESA THOMSON, A.S., B.S. in D.H. Ed., 
Armstrong State College; Instructor in Dental Hygiene 

FRANCIS M. THORNE, III, B.S., Stetson University; Ph.D., 
University of Georgia; Professor of Biology 

PAUL E. WARD, B.S., Georgia Teachers College; M.Ed., Ed.D., 
University of Georgia; Professor of Education, Director of 
Professional Laboratory Experiences 

ROGER K. WARLICK, B.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Boston 
University; Head, Department of History and Political Science, 
Professor of History 

***WILLIAM WEICHSELBAUM, D.D.S., Atlanta Southern Dental 
College; M.S.D., Northwestern University; Supervising Dentist, 
Department of Dental Hygiene 

JOHN A. WELSH, II, A.B., Davidson College; M.A., Vanderbilt 
University; Assistant Professor of English 

***HAROLD WEST, B.A., University of Alabama; D.M.D., University of 
Alabama School of Dentistry; Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

SUSAN S. WHITE, B.S., Winthrop College; M.Ed., University of South 
Carolina; Assistant Professor of Speech Correction 

CHARLES C. WHITE, B.S., East Carolina College; M.A., Southern 
Illinois University; Assistant Professor of English 

MORRIS L. WHITEN, B.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; Associate 
Professor of Physics 



"F'art-timc Instructor 

of-Absence, 1977 1978 
""Courtesy Appointment 



212 



JANE B. WILLIAMSON, Diploma, Georgia Baptist School of Nursing; 
B.S.N.E., University of Georgia; M.Ed., Georgia Southern College; 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

WILLIAM S. WINN, B.D., A.B., Emory University; M.A., University 
of North Carolina; Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

JAMES WINTERS, B.B.A., Armstrong State College; Director of 
Student Financial Aid and VeU rans Affairs 

CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON, B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., 
Northern Illinois University; Ph.D., Emory University; Head, 
Department of Psychology and Sociology; Professor of Psychology 




213 



ARMSTRONG COLLEGE COMMISSION 

The Commission controls certain endowment and scholarship funds. 
DR. IRVING VICTOR, Chairman 
MR. EDWARD BARTLETT 
MR. Y.A. BEALL, JR. 
MRS. KAY KOLE 
MR, JOHN RANITZ, JR. 
MR. JOSEPH BELL 

Ex-Officio 

DR. DENNIS HARRISON 
SHELBY MYRICK, JR., The Honorable 
JOHN P. ROUSAKIS, The Honorable 
DR. DONALD E. KNAPP 
DONALD E. HARWOOD 



I I 





214 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

Richard R. Baker Superintendent, Buildings and Grounds 

Edward Urbanz Assistant Superintendent, 

Buildings and Grounds 

Thomas Nease Manager, ( 'ollegt ( 'enter 

Joseph Franklin Ma nag, r, BooksUm 

Karen Hell Assistant. Bookstore 

Jo Weeks Campus A 

Maureen L. Groach knaXystlProgrammer- 

CompuU 

Marjorie A. Mosley Alumni St cretary 

Evelyn Harrington Seen tart/ to tin President 

Elizabeth H. ( larter Secretary to the Via President 

Carolynn R. New Secretary to the Dean for Graduate Studies 

Penny A. Miller Secretary, Office of College 

and ( 'mil in un it if Semccs 

Naomi Lantz S< en tary to tin Dean for Student Affairs 

Gladys Patton Secretary, Business < ' 

Deris ( !ole Secretary to tin Director of 

Student Actix 

Miriam Fulton Secretary to the Registrar 

Joyce Weldy Secri tarn to the Registrar for Records 

Sally Long S< cretary, Admissions 

Norma Bennett Secri tarn. Director of Development 

Mary Ann Findeis St cretary to the Acadu 

Skills Laboratory 

Deborah Jankowski Secretary to the Department of Biology 

Eleanor Suchower Seen tary to the Department <>f 

Bus in ess A <i/n i n istra t ion 

Joy Whitley Seen tary to tin Department of 

Chemistry and Physics 

Elizabeth M. Molpus Secretary to tin Department of 

Criminal Just in 

Anna ( Ihidester Secretary to the Department of 

Dental Hygiene 

Frances McGlohon Secretary to the Department 

of Education 

Lynn Hagan Secretary to the Department 

of Fine Arts 

Diane A. Wagner Secretary to the Department of 

History and Political Science 

Virginia I). Barry Secretary to the Department of 

Languages and Literal un 

Patricia Alexander Seen tary to the Department of 

Mathematics and Computer S 

Deborah Burn Seen tary to tht Department of Nursing 

Gerry Price Secretary to the Departnu nt of 

of Physical Education 
Lois Rich Secretary to the Depart, 

Of Psychology and Sociology 

Sharon Spence S< en tary. Off-i 'ampus 

Social Work < 

Betty Hunnicutt >'« en tary to the Dm etor 

of Public Informal 

Debbie R. Sullivan Seen tary. Director ofCompuU r S 

Sandra Harper S^ en tary to the Supt rinten 

Buildings and ' 

Debrorah Anderson 

Cleo < Hson Clerk. Mad and < \ ntral St 

Belinda Gnann S en to 

Alva Aliffi 

' Aid 



215 



Susan Thrash Departmental Secretary, Office 

of Student Affairs 

Marian Malac Secretary -Transcript Credit Analyst 

Bertis .Jones ' Data Processing 

Harriet ( Iharlotte Data Processing 

Katherine Etersque Records ( 'lerk 

Sharon Richardson Records Clerk 

Eugenia Edwards Library Technician 

.loan K. Movers Library Seen tar;/ 

Carol P. Hewson Head. Circulation, Library 

Beatrice Taylor Acquisitions Assistant. Library 

Susie ( Ihirbas Cataloging Assistant . Library 

Jan Bosque Assistant to Media Coordinator 

Hazel P. Thompson Periodicals Assistant . Library 

Maria Smith Soli net Operator, Library 

Thomas .Johnson Media Technician, Librae:/ 

Launa Q. Johns Accounting Clerk 

Rosemary Anglin Accounting and Insurance Clerk 

Jane Holland Cashier 

Terri Ferreira Secretary for Records-Continuing 

Education 

Bobbie Lanier Central Stores and 

Inventory Control Clerk 

Janice Shaloski \lachiu< Operator 

Cindy Giebner .' Procurement Clerk 

Dorothy Olson Receptionist, PBX Operator 

Augustus M. Stalnaker Supervisor of Ma il 




216 



INDEX 

Academic Advisement 50 

Academic Regulations 50 

Academic Skills Laboratory 16, 

Accelerated Program, High School 

Accounting Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 96 

Administration, Officers 199 

Admissions 32 

Advanced Placement 35 

Alumni Office 22 

American Civilization Course \'u 

Anthropology ( lourses 190 

Application Form 32 

Application Requirements ; » ; ! 

Armstrong Summer Theatre 23 

Art Courses 187 

Art Degree, A. A. Concentration 131 

Associate in Arts 78 

Astronomy Course 109 

Athletics 23 

Attendance Regulations 54 

Auditing 57 

Bachelor of Arts Requirements 70 

Bachelor of Business Administration Degree 75, 95 

Bachelor of Music Education Degree 70, 130 

Bachelor of Science in Education Degree, 

Physical Education 70, 181 

Bachelor of Science Requirements 70 

Biology ( !ourses 87 

Biology Department 

Biology Requirements 

Botany Courses 89 

Business Administration Courses 97 

Business Education, Program for Teachers 93 

Business Education Cours retarial Studies) 

( Calendar, Academic 6 

Chemistry Courses 106 

Chemistry Degree Requirements L05 

Chemistry and Physics Department 105 

Clubs 20 

Commission, Armstrong State College 214 

Community. Services/Continuing Education 14 

Comparative Literature Courses 157 

Computer Science, Courses in 1 71 



217 



Computer Science, Program Concentration 167 

Computer Services, Office of 15 

Conditional Admission .• 34 

Conduct 20 

Continuing Education Students 37 

Core Curriculum, Associate Degrees 71 

Core Curriculum, Baccalaureate Degrees 66 

Core Curriculum, University System 65 

Counseling 18 

Course Load 52 

Course Offerings, Index 81 

Credit by Examination 35 

Criminal Justice, A.S. and B.S. Degrees 77, 111 

Criminal Justice Courses 113 

Criminal Justice Department Ill 

Dean's List 54 

Degree Requriements, Regulations 50 

Degrees Offered 12, 79 

Dental Hygiene, A.S. Degree 44, 77, 117 

Dental Hygiene Courses 118 

Dental Hygiene Department 117 

Dental Hygiene Education, B.S. Degree 77, 120 

Dental Hygiene Services 22 

Dentistry, B.S. Degree Program in 12 

Development, Office of 15 

Diagnostic Tests, English and Mathematics 70 

Drama/Speech Courses 160 

Dropping Courses 57 

Dual-Degree Programs, Georgia Tech 11 

Early Admission Program 39 

Economics, B.A. Degree Program 75, 94 

Economics Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 96 

Education Courses 123 

Education Degree Requirements 122 

Education Department 122 

English Courses 157 

English Degree Requirements 155 

Entomology Course 89 

Evening Classes 13 

Exemption Examinations 35 

Exit Examinations 58 

Faculty 200 

Fees 24 



218 



Finance Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 96 

Financial Aid 27 

Fine Arts Department 130 

Foreign Students 39 

French Courses 162 

Geography Course 150 

Geology Course 109 

German Courses 164 

Government Benefits 31 

Graduate Program 12 

Heads of Departments 199 

Health 22 

History of College 10 

History Courses 144 

History Degree Requirements 140 

History and Political Science Department 139 

Honor System 58 

Honors 54 

Housing 23 

Information Systems Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 96 

Intern Programs 13 

Intramurals 23 

Joint Enrollment Program 39 

Journalism Course 162 

Languages and Literature Department 155 

Latin Courses 165 

Library 17 

Library Science Courses 126 

Management Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 96 

Marine Officer Programs 16 

Mathematics Major Requirements 167 

Mathematics Courses 168 

Mathematics and Computer Science Department 166 

Mathematics Education, Degree Concentration 167 

Medical Technology 75, 87 

Medicine, B.S. Degree Program in 12 

Mental Health Work, Courses 190 

Mental Health Work, Degree Concentration 188 



219 



Meteorology Course 109 

Music Courses 133 

Music Degree Requirements 130 

Neighborhood Continuing Education Center 14 

NROTC Program 16 

Nursing, A.S. Degree 40, 76, 175 

Nursing, B.S. Degree in 43, 77, 178 

Nursing Courses 176 

Nursing Degree Requirements 175 

Nursing Department 175 

Oceanography Course 110 

Organizations, Student 20 

Orientation 19 

Out-of-State Tuition 24 

Philosophy Courses 161 

Physical Education Courses 181 

Physical Education, Degree Requirements 181 

Physical Education Department 180 

Physical Education Requirements, All Students 55 

Physical Science Courses 109 

Physics Courses 110 

Placement, Office of 20 

Political Science Courses 150 

Political Science Degree Requirements 141 

Pre-Professional Programs 11 

Probation and Dismissal 55 

Psychology Courses 191 

Psychology Degree Requirements 187 

Public Administration, Degree Concentration .142 

Publications, Student 22 

Purpose of College 11 

Reading Courses 84 

Readmission of Former Students 37 

Refunds of Fees 26 

Regents Examination 57, 70 

Regents, University System 198 

Regents, Staff 198 

Registration 47 

Repeating ( bourses 56 

Reports and Grades 53 

Residency Requirements 48 

Russian Courses 165 



220 



Scholarships ; M I 

Secretarial Studies 75, 92 

Senior Citizens, Policy 13 

Short Courses, Foes 26 

Social Work Courses 194 

Social Work Degree 76, 189 

Sociology Courses 193 

Spanish Courses 165 

Special Education (Speech Correction) Courses 128 

Speech Correction, Program in 123 

Speech Courses (See Drama/Speech Courses) 

Staff, Administrative 215 

State Requirements, History and Government 70 

Student Activity Fee 24 

Student Conduct 20 

Student Exchange Program, Savannah State College 16 

Student Government 22 

Student Services and Activities 18 

Student Teaching 73 

Teacher Education, Requirements 71 

Testing Services 19 

Two-year Degrees 12, 80 

Transfer Applicants, Requirements 36 

Transient Students 38 

Veterans 18, 40 

Vocational Rehabilitation 40 

Withdrawal 57 

Zoology Courses 90 



221 



NOTES 



NOTES 



NOTES 



Cost: $9840.00 



uantity: 10,000 



Do Nci m 

1. Administration Building 
1. Victor Hall 

Gamble Hall 
4. Science Hall 

Solms Hall 
ti. Jenkins Hall 
7. Student Services 

Memorial College Center 
!>. Lane Library 

10. Fine Arts Building 

11. Health Professions Education Center 

(under construction) 

12. Maintenance Building 

13. Gymnasium and Pool 

14. Parking Area 

15. Tennis Courts 

hall and Intramural Field 



H£=^«EIfc 




COL: 

MBRARt 




STVV/g 



gfeg 




CPLLtflt JLv6 , COLLEC r I lyB. _ 



&~ J ngi eriflnjr^^-^ysifer 



ABERCORN STREET 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE CAMPUS 





Ul 






*d 


> 




a 




< 

> 


^ 




e*-" 


2: 


> 





^ 


> 

X 






3? 


O 

CO 
00 

o 


3 


> 

O 
3 




>